Furniture & Whiteboards Digital Catalogue by Herts FullStop

Chairs from page 56

Furniture from page 262

Storage from page 145

from page 208

3WK 5YR

Child Bean Bag

• Suitable for Primary school children

• H 750 x D 650mm

• See page 28 for colour options 428 976

£58.61 each

Round Seating Pods

• Foam ﬁlledseatingpods

• Pack of four

3WK 5YR

Essentials Set of 10 Seating Pads

• Set of 10 foam ﬁlled pads

• Wipe clean 100% polyester cover suitable for indoors and outdoors

Essentials Chair - Size 4

• Sturdy one-piece polypropylene chair

• Choose from blue, charcoal, new green or red seat and black or ﬂint frame

• Suitable for ages 8-11 years

• Also available in sizes 1-3 and 4-6, see page 11

• Seat H 380mm

090

• H 200 x D 380mm

• See page 28 for colour options

Essentials Folding Chair

£155.09 pack

• Comes in an assortment of colours and a draw string bag for storage

• H 50 x Dia. 400mm 428 988

set

• Strong and versatile folding chair

• Grey frame

Blue seat

each

Essentials Chair Trolley

•

• Horizontal storage & transportation trolley

Essentials Fan Back Folding Chair

• Strong and versatile folding chair

Folding Exam Desk

• Beech laminated MDF with polished edge

• Pencil groove

•

Exam Desk Trolley 25

3WK 5YR

6 Tray Unit - Empty

• Supplied empty, please order trays separately

• Beech or maple ﬁnish

• H 617 x W 360 x D 453mm

Beech 429 357 £61.20 each

Maple 429 358 £61.20 each

3WK 5YR

24 Tray Unit - Empty

• Supplied empty, please order trays separately

• Beech or maple ﬁnish

4 WK 1 YR

• H 789 x W 1030 x D 453mm

Beech 429 373

Maple 429 374

MORE SIZES AVAILABLE

£129.58 each

4 WK 1 YR

FullStop Cantilever Straight Desk

• FullStop furniture combines appearance, strength and durability with great value

• Available in white, white oak, grey or walnut ﬁnish

• H 720 x W 1600 x D 800mm

483 751 £133.99 each

4 WK 1 YR

FullStop Open Bookcase - 5 Shelf

• Tall bookcase with 5 shelves (4 adjustable)

• Plinth sold separately. Order code 424 451

• Available in white, white oak, grey or walnut ﬁnish

• H 1860 x W 800 x D 336mm

483 774 £125.53 each

3WK 5YR

High Back Operator Chair with Height Adjustable Arms

FullStop Cantilever Crescent Desk

• Cantilever Frame Desk with left hand crescent

• Available in white, white oak, grey or walnut ﬁnish

• H 720 x W 1600mm. Short edge D 800mm, long edge 1200mm

483 761

3WK 10YR

• Seat height adjustable from 440-500mm

• Back height 520mm

• Available in Phoenix fabric

427 580

£110.86 each

£214.24 each 4 WK 1 YR

4 Drawer Metal Vertical Cabinet

• Heavy-duty ﬁling cabinet

• Lockable and supplied with two keys

• Pearl grey

• H 1321 x W 460 x D 620mm

429 942

£138.22 each

Mobile Under Desk Tall Pedestal

• 2x personal and 1x ﬁling drawer

• Available in white, white oak, grey or walnut ﬁnish

• H 638 x W 415 x D 500mm

504 808

MORE SIZES AVAILABLE

£119.63 each

3WK 10YR

Essentials Double Door Cupboard

• Heavy-duty metal storage cupboard with three point locking

• Supplied with 1 shelf

• Pearl grey

• H 1016 x W 915 x D 476mm

429 938 £144.62 each

Classroom Table Packs

• Crush bent stacking classroom table

• Premium quality 18mm laminate tops and sturdy 25mm frame

• Finished with a beech top

• Sold in packs of 5

• Available with MDF or PVC edge

Classroom Chair Packs

• Titan one piece stacking chair

• High quality all plastic chair in a wide range of colours

• Sold in packs of 30

Herts FullStop range of chairs

Size

• Tables feature oval shaped legs with sliding metal inserts allowing you to choose the correct height

• Solid 25mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Matching coloured legs are available on outer legs

• Supplied with a 10 year guarantee

• Choose between two popular table styles

• Premium fnish with a 25mm top and a spray PU Duraform edge

• Oval shaped Allen Key height adjustable legs

• One table fts all sizes

• Transported fat pack

• Matching coloured legs* or Duraform Speckled Light Grey available

• Excellent variety of vibrant laminates

Table

Tuf-Top™ Height Adjustable Themed Tables

•Heavy duty for school use with sturdy 25mm thick tops.

• Hardwearing, easy wipe clean laminate tops.

•Durable PVC moulded edges for added safety.

•Adjustable heights in 25mm increments: nominal 430 to 635mm.

•Frames are black powder coated for scratch resistance and longevity.

• Fitted with self levelling feet, ideal for uneven ﬂoors around the school.

Blue Sky Blue Red Grey

Thrifty Tables

Our Thrifty range in a modern grey, neutral and white colour palette provides robust and functional furniture for your classroom at an affordable price. Durable tables with height adjustable legs. Delivered fat packed for easy assembly. Ages 2-8.

A Rectangular Table - 4 Seater

H390-620 x W900 x D600mm

428 098

Each

B Rectangular Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x W1200 x D600mm

428 099 Each

C Rectangular Table - 8 Seater

H390-620 x W1500 x D600mm

428 100 Each

D Flower Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x D1200mm

428 102 Each

E Group Table - 6 Seater

H370-620 x W1800 x D1200mm

428 103 Each

•

F Thrifty Chairs

Great value stackable chairs that are lightweight, robust and practical.The plastic moulded one piece seat has been designed to aid in the correct seating posture. Fitted with plastic feet to prevent scratching. Available in 4 sizes. Delivered fully assembled.

Ages 2-3 - Size 0

Seat height: 210mm

428 104

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height: 260mm.

428 105

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height: 310mm.

428 107

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height: 350mm

428 106

Pack of 4

Thrifty Storage

The grey, wood and white units are made from 18mm hard wearing melamine faced engineered wood with a white PVC edging which is highly resistant to impact and abrasion. Corners and edges are rounded for safety.Wipe clean laminate surfaces.

G 3 Compar tment Book Storage and 3 Clear Trays

Unit: H800 x W1200 x D300mm

Trays: H210 x W260 x D350mm

428 109 Each H

Trays:

429 266 Each

Elegant Tables

Our modern Elegant range gives you the option of bringing neutral calming tones into your classroom to create a more relaxing learning environment for children. High quality height adjustable tables with durable rounded PVC edges. Delivered fat packed for easy assembly. Ages 2-8.

A Rectangular Table - 4 Seater

W800 x D600mm

432 039 Each

B Rectangular Table - 6 Seater

W1200 x D600mm

432 038 Each

C Round Table - 4 Seater

800mm Dia

432 040 Each

D Fan Table

W1270 x D680mm

432 041 Each

E Flower Table - 6 Seater

W1270 x D680mm

432 365 Each •S

F Elegant Chairs

Great value stackable metal framed chairs that are lightweight, robust and practical. The plastic moulded one piece ergonomic seat and back are designed for correct seating posture and have plastic feet to prevent scratching. Available in 4 sizes. Delivered fully assembled.

Ages 2-3 - Size 0

Seat height: 210mm

432 366 Pack of 4

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height 260mm

432 042 Pack of 4

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height 310mm

432 043

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height 350mm

of 4

432 044 Pack of 4

Elegant Storage

This range of sturdy maple wood storage units are built to stand the rigors of daily classroom use. Manufactured from a combination of 18mm (shelves) and 28mm (external frame) board. Ages 2 +

G Basic Book Storage

4 tier cabinet for face on display of books. H800 x W830 x D400mm

423 015 Each

H Tray Cabinet (16 Small & 4 Large Trays)

16 small clear trays (D380 x W310 x H80mm) and 4 large clear trays (D380 x W310 x H150mm).

H830 x W1060 x D415mm

423 014 Each

Milan Tables

The Milan range is stylish, practical and designed to last. Finished to a high standard featuring a combination of neutral colours and natural wood tones, this premium range has everything you need for today’s busy classroom. High-quality and durable height adjustable tables. Delivered fat packed for easy assembly. Ages 2-8.

A Rectangular Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x W1200 x D600mm

432 002 Grey Each

432 031 Blue Each

B Rectangular Table - 8 Seater

H390-620 x W1500 x D600mm

432 003 Grey Each

432 032 Blue Each

C Flower Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x D1200mm

432 005 Grey Each

432 034 Blue Each

D Group Table - 6 Seater

H390-620 x W1800 x D1200mm

432 004 Grey Each

432 033 Blue Each

E Milan Chairs

These high impact stackable chairs are designed to aid in the correct posture whilst seated. Both robust and sturdy with a durable metal frame, the chairs are available in 3 sizes. Delivered fully assembled.

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height: 260mm.

432 006 Pack of 4 Grey

432 035 Pack of 4 Blue

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height: 310mm.

432 007 Pack of 4 Grey

432 036 Pack of 4 Blue

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height: 350mm

432 008 Pack of 4 Grey

432 037 Pack of 4 Blue

Milan Storage

High quality and practical storage units. All units have hard-wearing vinyl T-Moulded trim with rounded edges. Manufactured from 20mm MDF.

F Single Sided Book Storage Units

Featuring 4 tiers for easy book browsing.

H800 x W900 x D400mm

432 368 Beech Each

507 198 Blue Each

G 6 Small Tray Unit

H900 x W1200 x D500mm

432 013 Beech Each

507 204 Blue Each

Beechwood Tables

Tables are delivered fat packed with screw-in leg assembly. Sizes conform to EN1729 requirements (Euro sizes 1, 2 and 3). Ages 3-8.

A Rectangular Table

460(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 986 Size 1 for ages 3-4

530(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 987 Size 2 for ages 4-6

580(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 988 Size 3 for ages 6-8

B Round Table

460(H) x 1000mm(Dia)

496 992 Size 1 for ages 3-4

530(H) x 1000mm(Dia)

Each

496 993 Size 2 for ages 4-6 Each

580(H) x 1000mm(Dia)

496 994 Size 3 for ages 6-8

C Trapezoid Table

460(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

Each

496 998 Size 1 for ages 3-4 Each

530(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 999 Size 2 for ages 4-6 Each

580(H) x 1200(W) x 600mm(D)

496 302 Size 3 for ages 6-8

D Hexagonal Table

460(H) x 1060(W) x 600mm(D)

Each

496 995 Size 1 for ages 3-4 Each

530(H) x 1060(W) x 600mm(D)

496 996 Size 2 for ages 4-6 Each

580(H) x 1060(W) x 600mm(D)

496 997 Size 3 for ages 6-8 Each

Beechwood Chairs

Stackable Chairs made from solid beechwood. Size 0 chairs are only available in natural Beechwood. It is advised that chairs should be stacked no more than 3 chairs high.

E Stackable Chairs Beechwood

Ages 2-3 - Size 0

Seat height: 210mm.

432 814 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height: 260mm. 496 316 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height: 310mm. 496 317 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height: 350mm 496 318 Pack of 4 Pack

F Stackable Chairs Mix

One each of Green, Blue, Yellow and Red.

Ages 3-4 - Size 1

Seat height: 260mm. 496 319 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 4-6 - Size 2

Seat height: 310mm. 496 320 Pack of 4 Pack

Ages 6-8 - Size 3

Seat height: 350mm 496 321 Pack of 4 Pack

Bergen Chairs & Tables

Made from solid beech wood, with safe lacquered round edges. Wipe clean scuff-resistant beech surface. Chairs are fnished with HYGIENILAC™ coating and stack up to 4 high. Tables require simple self-assembly.

A ChairSizeMark1(3-4yrs)

Seat Height: 260mm

H575 x W360 x D320mm

507 230

A ChairSizeMark2(4-6yrs)

Seat Height: 310mm

H625 x W360 x D320mm

507 231

A ChairSizeMark3(6-8yrs)

Seat Height: 350mm

H705 x W390 x D370mm

507 232

A ChairSizeMark4(8-11yrs)

Seat Height: 380mm

H715 x W390 x D370mm

507 233

B Rectangular Table

W1200 x D600mm

H460 / 530 / 590 / 640mm

507 235

C Trapezoidal Table

W1200 x D600mm

H460 / 530 / 590 / 640mm

507 236

D Circular

W1050mm dia.

H460 / 530 / 590 / 640mm 507 237

Bergen Chairs & Tables

Made from strong laminated beech, with safe lacquered, rounded MDF edges. Wipe clean scuff-resistant beech surface.

Finished with HYGIENILAC™ coating. Table legs and underframe made from solid wood.

E Setof4Chairs

Seat Height: 120mm

H295 x W370 x D350mm

427 219

F Setof4Chairs

Seat Height: 200mm

H440 x W400 x D360mm

427 220

G CircularTable

W1200mm dia.

H300 / 400mm

507 241

H Small Rectangular W1100 x D550mm

H300 / 400mm

507 569

I Large Rectangular W1500 x D700mm

H300 / 400mm

507 240

Remember your options:

Delivered flat-pack for simple self-assembly. Secure legs with the Allen key provided.

Enviro Tables for Early & Primary Years

Create a stimulating and colourful learning environment with these tables, available in great shapes and colours. Revolutionary in design Enviro tables are perfect for playgroups, nurseries and classrooms.

Choose from a range of vibrant colours and patterns for the table top with a contrasting edge made from strong and recyclable ABS. The smart anodised silver aluminium frame ensures this range is strong, durable and lighter than any rivals. Daisy Bean Rectangular Trapezoidal Round

1200(L) x 1200mm(W)

1400(L) x 750mm(W)

1200(L) x 600mm(W)

1400(L) x 560mm(W)

1200mm diameter

1500mm diameter

1200mm Triangle

2 WK 10YR

KubbyClass Low Double Book Browser

•Easy access to books for younger learners

•Available in a range of bright and modern colours

•Made from 18mm solid wood MDF

•H 420 x W 750 x D 500mm

427 884

6WK 10YR

£205.08each

Mobile Tray Trolley

•Storage unit incorporates kinderbox top with Gratnells trays underneath

•Compartments in the top of the unit can also be used for classroom

resources

•Solidly built with 18mm MDF in a choice of ﬁnishes

•8 Tray, 4 Compartment Mobile Tray Trolley

•H 671 x W 690 x D 460mm

429 146

£240.24each

•12 Tray, 6 Compartment Mobile Tray Trolley

•H 671 x W 1024 x D 460mm

429 147

6WK 10YR

Double-sided Mobile Bookcase

•Double-sided bookcase unit with 3 shelves either side

•Use to display books or transfer books and resources between rooms

•H 900 x W 900 x D 460mm

429 144

£218.08each

6WK 10YR

Mobile Kinder Book Trolley

•6 compartment kinder trolley with 2 shelves underneath on each side

•Versatile book storage solution

•Made from 18mm solid wood MDF

•H 900 x W 900 x D 460mm

429 145

£297.82each

6WK 10YR

Bookcase

•1 metre high bookcase with 3 storage shelves that could house trays to allow for extra storage

•Ideal for storage boxes or housing classroom resources

•Curved sides have been incorporated for safety

•Solidly built from 18mm MDF in a choice of ﬁnishes

•H 1000 x W 900 x D 370mm

429 149

6WK 10YR

£251.36each

Display Bookcase

•This unit has four graduated shelves which allows the front of the books to be easily seen

•A shelf underneath the unit provides space for storage

•Versatile piece of furniture that is great for the library and classroom

•Curved sides have been incorporated for safety

•Made from 18mm MDF

•H 1000 x W 1000 x D 370mm

429 148

£289.27each

£327.14each

Maple Beech Powder Blue Red Plum Ja a Lilac

6WK 10YR

Easy Access Tray Trolley

•Practical display and storage solution

•Curved sides for safety

•Ideal height for young children to access contents easily

•Maple ﬁnish, made from 18mm solid MDF

•2-tier Easy Access Tray Trolley with 6 Clear Trays

•3-tier Easy Access Tray Trolley with 9 Clear Trays

4 WK 10YR

Book Tree

•A fun and playful way to display your favourite books

•Features 8 display shelves

•Made from 18mm solid wood MDF

•Needs to be secured to a wall or unit (ﬁxings not included)

•Choice of colours with maple edging

•H 1500mm x W 900mm x D 320mm

Oval Beech Tree 427 749

£375.89each

Triangular Fir Tree 427 750 £375.89each

1 YR

Book Return Unit

•Book Return sized perfectly for primary school use

•Wide slot to accommodate all book sizes

•Locking door with two keys and locking castors

•Foam pad included to protect books

•Vinyl ‘Book Returns’ decal

•H 800 x W 430 x D 430mm

Beech Finish 432 573

Maple Finish 432 574

Maple and Blue Finish 432 575

Maple and Powder Blue Finish 432 576

£266.52each

Maple Beech Powder Blue Red Plum Ja a Lilac

3WK

6WK 1 YR

Book Bags

•Can be used with hanging bag book storage units

•Pack of 10

Large H 630 x W 470mm 484 306

Small H 400 x W 470mm 484 307

£53.17pack

£44.09pack

2 WK

Storage Trolley with Trays

•3 tier metal storage trolley on castors

•‘V’ shaped top basket

•H 820 x W 1200 x D 450mm

• With wire trays

•V-shaped top basket, 3 wire middle baskets and large bottom tray

282 249

£183.95each

•With plastic trays

•V-shaped top basket, 3 shallow trays on middle and 3 deep trays on lower level 282 289

£181.38each

2 WK 1 YR

Multi Purpose Cart

•Ideal for any classroom or library storage

•9 large (380 x 310 x 160mm) multicolour tubs with built in dividers to keep books upright

•Complete with 4 locking castors for easy mobility

•H 900 x W 1020 x D 425mm

484 014

£224.15each

Nor way Forest Range

Manufactured from durable 16-18mm maple plywood and supplied fat packed for simple assembly.

A Sensor y Nook

Supports imaginative play, quiet time, and sensory development. Two soft grey PVC mats are included to provide a comfortable base and backdrop for sitting or lying down. There is a mirrored inside panel to encourage self-recognition, visual tracking, and sensory curiosity, along with a chalkboard panel for creative expression and mark-making, helping develop fne motor skills and imagination. Three handy open shelf compartments to display and store classroom resources and books. Age 2+

H1200 x W1190 x D390mm

432 811

Each

B Mobile 4-Way Book Stand

With 8 spacious compartments spread across two tiers, this stand offers ample room to store and display a wide variety of books encouraging group browsing and supporting self-selection. The fat, open top shelf adds even more versatility, ideal for showcasing featured books, sensory baskets, or classroom resources. Age 3+

H862 x W600 x D600mm

432 812

Each

Beechwood Storage

Manufactured from high quality 20mm natural solid beechwood. Suitable for ages 3+

C Book Display and Storage Double

Double sided with 5 display compartments and extra shelf space for storage.

H800 x W600 x D380mm

427 115

D Book Display Single 5 display compartments.

H800 x W600 x D380mm

427 113

E Multi-fun

Each

Manufactured from 18mm Maple Plywood.

H850 x W835 x D390mm

429 268

F Beechwood 3 Shelf Unit

Each

Manufactured from high quality 20mm natural solid beechwood.

H800 x W1100 x D380mm

432 631

Each

Beechwood

Reading Area

Manufactured from high quality 20mm natural solid beechwood. Suitable for ages 3+

A Tree House Librar y Corner

Provides children with an enchanting and stimulating focal point to instill a love of reading. Set includes 2 benches with cushions and 1 corner cabinet with canopy. Decorate the tree to create themes utilising the pre drilled holes to make a bespoke learning zone.

H1760 x W1100 x D1100mm

427 123

B Beechwood 3 Shelf Unit

Each

Manufactured from high quality 20mm natural solid beechwood.

H800 x W1100 x D380mm

432 631 Each

C Reading Sofa with Grey Cushion

Polyester cushion with thick foam D50mm.

H460 x W920 x D450mm

432 632 Each

D Beechwood Cof fee Table

Multi-functional with added shelf.

H250 x W600 x D350mm

432 633 Each

Elegant Storage

Manufactured from a combination of 18mm shelves and a 28mm laminated wood external frame for durability and long life. Ages 2-8.

E Elegant 8 Compartment Cabinet

A functional storage unit with 3 deep shelf levels to optimise space in your classroom.

H830 x W1110 x D415mm

432 636 Each

F Elegant Bookcase & Display Unit

With 3 handy display compartments for showcasing topic work or the books of the week, along with 6 cubby compartments underneath, this unit provides ample storage for books and other classroom materials

H1046 x W940 x D350mm

432 635 Each

Bookcases & Storage

Manufactured from 15mm MDF. All corners have rounded and polished edges.

A 3 Shelf Bookcase

Compact and low height. At assembly, shelves can be adjusted every 96mm.

H725 x W900 x D300mm

509 525 Each

B Mobile Foldaway Bookcase

Mobile castors to aid mobility and lockable doors. Each shelf has a 300mm clearance.

H1035 x W600 x D600mm (when unit closed).

H1035 x W1200 x D600mm (when unit open).

429 260 Each

£194.93

Filing and Storage

Constructed from tough corrugated board, these robust and easy to assemble fling modules are designed to protect fles.

A Literature Sor ter

10 pigeon holes for A4 or foolscap documents. Can be safely stacked up to 3 tiers high.

Size: H385 x W585 x D330mm.

550 009 Oyster

B School Book Browser

Face on display (up to 200mm wide) Store materials in a colour coded system. Assorted pack of 12, three each of red, yellow, green and blue.

Size: H150 x W210 x D240mm.

550 061

Designed to hold A4 or foolscap documents.

Size: H355 x W85 x D280mm.

550 022 Assorted Colours

D Primar y Filing Boxes

Pack of 12

C Curriculum Coloured Filing Boxes

Designed with the curriculum in mind. Create your own colour coded filing system. Designed to hold A4 or Foolscap documents.

Size: H355 x W85 x D280mm

781 338

E Wallet Store

Pack of 6 Pack of 11 £100.01

Organise and fle A4 and foolscap documents.

Size: H250 x W370 x D170mm.

550 063 Red Pack of 4

•Book display ideal for teachers on the move

•Manufactured from strong plastic coated steel wire

•H 495 x W 375 x D 205mm

2 WK

Floor Standing Book Rack

•Manufactured from strong, plastic coated steel wire

•11 rows of shelving for storing and displaying books

•Can be folded ﬂat for easy storage

2 WK

Wall

Mounted Book Racks

•Manufactured from strong, plastic coated steel wire

•Displays books face on for easy selection

•Square Book Rack

•10 shelves to hold a large selection of books

•H 860 x W 770 x D 70mm

487 505

•Horizontal Wall Book Rack

•3 deep and 2 shallow shelves

•H 560 x W 1100 x D 70mm

487 508

•Vertical Wall Book Rack

£49.84each

£56.49each

•14 rows of shelves for a selection of approx. 24 books

•H 1165 x W 435 x D 70mm

487 510

•H 1010 x W 795 x D 412mm

£63.32each

£52.59each

Bean Bags

Small Floor Cushion

• Great for reading corners

• L 680 x W 680mm 1.5 cuft polybead filling

Infant Bean Bag

• Suitable for Nursery and Foundation aged children

• H 500 x D 500mm 2.5 cuft polybead filling

428 974 Infant Bean Bag each

428 975 Infant Bean Bags set of 4

Child Bean Bag

• Suitable for Primary school children

• H 750 x D 650mm 3.5 cuft polybead filling

428 976 Child Bean Bag each

428 977 Child Bean Bags set of 4

Teen Bean Bag

• Suitable for Secondary school children

• H 950 x D 700mm 5.5 cuft polybead filling

428 978 Teen Bean Bag each

428 979 Teen Bean Bags set of 4

Bean Cubes

428 980 Small Floor Cushion each set of 4

428 981 Small Floor Cushions

Giant Floor Cushion

• Ideal for libraries and classrooms

• L 1280 x W 850 x H 150mm 5.5 cuft polybead filling

428 982 Giant Floor Cushion each

428 983 Giant Floor Cushions set of 4

Seating Pods

• Foam filled seating pods which encourage collabrative working

• Round seating Pods H 200 x D 380mm

428 986 Round Seating Pods set of 4

428 987 Square Seating Pods set of 4

• Comfy Bean Cubes filled with polystyrene beads

• L 400 x W 400 x H 400mm

428 984 Bean Cube each

428 985 Bean Cubes set of 4

Seating Pads

• Set of 10 foam filled pads

• Comes in an assortment of colours and a draw string bag for storage

• H 50 x D 400mm

• Square seating Pods L 380 x W 380 x H 200mm Wipe clean 100% Polyester covers suitable for indoors and outdoors

Remember your colour choices:

428 988 set of 10

Floor Cushions

Infant Bean Bag –Educational

• 2.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for nurseries and early years primary school

• Available in 4 different educational prints

• Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Child Bean Bag –Educational

• 3.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for ages 4 years +

• Available in 4 different educational prints

• Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Ultra-Snug Bean Bag – Educational

•4.5 cuft Polybead filling

•Suitable for ages 4 years +

•Available in 4 different educational prints

•Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

•Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Reading Cushion –Educational

•1.5 cuft Polybead filling

•Suitable for any age group

•Available in 4 different educational prints

•Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

•Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

•Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Remember your fabric choices:

Giant Floor Cushion –Educational

• 5.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for any age group

• Available in 4 different educational prints

• Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428457 1280mm x 850mm x 150mm

Set of 10 Scatter Cushions –Educational

• Pack of 10 Fibre Filled Cushions made up of random prints

• Come with a draw string back for storage

• Suitable for any age group

• Available in 4 different educational prints

• Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (0+1)

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

428459 300mm (D) x 300mm (H)

428454 500mm (H) x 500mm (D)

428455 750mm (H) x 650mm (D)

428456 750mm (L) x 750mm (W) x 720mm (D)

428458 680mm x 680mm

Infant Bean Bag

–Faux Leather

• 2.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for nurseries and early years primary school

• Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

• Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

Child Bean Bag –Faux Leather

• 3.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for ages 4 years +

• Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

• Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428448 500mm (H) x 500mm (D)

Ultra-Snug Bean Bag – Faux Leather

428449 750mm (H) x 650mm (D)

•4.5 cuft

Polybead filling

•Suitable for ages 4 years +

•Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

•Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

•Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428450 750mm (L) x 750mm (W) x 720mm (D)

Reading Cushion –Faux Leather

•1.5 cuft Polybead filling

•Suitable for any age group

•Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

•Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

•Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428452 680mm x 680mm

Giant Floor Cushion –Faux Leather

• 5.5 cuft Polybead filling

• Suitable for any age group

• Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

• Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

• Water resistant cover suitable for both indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

• Beans come in removable liner for easy topping up

428451 1280mm x 850mm x 150mm

Set of 10 Scatter Cushions– Faux Leather

• Pack of 10 Fibre Filled Cushions made up of random colours

• Come with a draw string back for storage

• Suitable for any age group

• Outer Cover FR to BS 5852: 2006 (CRIB 5)

• Also Contains anti-bacterial / anti-microbial additives for cleanliness

428453 300mm (D) x 300mm (H)

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn Easy Carry Reading Bean Bag Pod Seat

•Anti-bacterial wipe clean fabric

•Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

•Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

•Encourages collaborative working

•Perfect for libraries, classrooms, outdoors and breakout areas

•H 400 x W 550 x D 550mm

Single 427 522

Pack of 6 427 950

£58.81each

£343.14pack

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn Primary Study Pod Bean Bag

•Ergonomic and supportive design

•Ideal for primary aged children

•Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

•Great for reading corners

•Available in bright and modern colours

•H 800 x W 600 x D 600mm

427 542

£85.57each

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn Study Pod Bean Bag

•Comfortable and inviting bean ﬁlled seat with supportive back

•Ideal for older students

•Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

•Great for reading corners

•Available in bright and modern colours

•H 800 x W 800 x D 800mm

427 545

£118.50each 4

Acorn Primary Bean Bag Seat

•Features a supporting back panel

•Comfortable and inviting bean bag

•Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

•Great for reading corners

•Available in bright and modern colours

•H 500 x Dia. 600mm

Single 427 541

Pack of 6 427 944

£65.99each

£341.23pack

Acorn Large Reading Bean Bag Chair

•Ideal for older students

•Comfortable and inviting bean bag

•Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

•Great for reading corners

•Available in bright and modern colours

•H 900 x W 900 x D 900mm

427 546

Acorn Large Bean Bag Chair

•Robust, long-lasting yet soft-to-the-touch Bean Bag Chair made from water-resistant fabric

•Suitable for use by older children and teens

•H 750 x Dia. 750mm

Single 427 945

Pack of 6 427 946

£118.51each

£611.54pack

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn High Back Primary Bean Bag

•Features a tall supporting back panel

•Attractive and fun design

•Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

•Great for reading corners

•Available in bright and modern colours

•H 700 x W 500 x D 520mm

427 548

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn Bean Pod Seats

£79.00each

3WK 1 YR

Character Bug Bean Bags

•Fun character bean bag

•Made from a comfy cotton fabric

•2.5 cubic ft. polybead ﬁlling

•H 600 x Dia. 500mm

Bumble Bee 428 461

Ladybird 428 462

Spider 428 463

Butterﬂy 428 464

£63.43each

•Anti-bacterial wipe clean fabric

•Available in a range of vibrant, modern

colours

•Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

•Encourages collaborative working

•Perfect for libraries, classrooms,

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn Bean Cube Seats

•Anti-bacterial wipe clean fabric

•Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

•Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

•Encourages collaborative working

•Perfect for Libraries, classrooms, outdoors and breakout areas

•H 380 x W 380 x D 380mm

Pack of 4

Pack of 6

427 520

427 544

£132.40pack

£206.38pack

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn Two Seater Bean Pods

•Anti-bacterial wipe clean fabric

•Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

•Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

•Encourages collaborative working

•Perfect for libraries, classrooms, outdoors and breakout areas

•Pack of 2

•H 200 x W 800 x D 500mm

427 521

£87.22pack

Assorted Nature Cube Seats

•Set of bean cubes with nature prints

•One of each print supplied - autumn leaves, hay, grass and green leaves

•Promotes discussions around nature

•Pack of 4

•H 385 x W 385 x D 385mm

428 362

£188.17pack

Acorn Oversized Floor Cushion

•Suitable for use indoors and out, these ﬂoor cushions are perfect for taking the classroom outside

•Can be used by all age groups

•H 200 x W 800 x D 800mm

Single Cushion 427 940

Pack of 6 427 941

4 WK 1 YR

£79.00each

£420.27pack

Acorn Extra Large Floor Cushion Bean Bag

•Deep ﬁll bean bag

•Comfortable and inviting bean bag

•Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

•Great for reading corners

•Available in bright and modern colours

•H 200 x W 1300 x D 1000mm

427 543

£154.75each

4 WK 1

Acorn Large Floor Cushion Bean Bag

•Large ﬂoor cushion seats 1-2 children

•Can be used by all age groups

•H 200 x W 1200 x D 1200mm

Single 427 942

Pack of 6 427 943

£167.69each

£883.50pack

Acorn Original Soft Bean Cushions

•Anti-bacterial wipe clean fabric

•Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

•Suitable for indoor and outdoor use

• 8 Cushions

•H 170 x W 430 x D 430mm

427 524

£145.80pack

• 8 Cushions with Wooden Trolley

•Trolley H 450 x W 1120 x D 462mm

427 525

£259.28set

4 WK 1 YR

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn Foam Seat Pads with Trolley

•Made from comfortable, long lasting foam

•Accompanying trolley is great for storing and easily moving seat pads

•Suitable for use indoors and outdoors

•Great for seating groups

•Trolley H 450 x W 1120 x D 462mm

•20 Square Cushions and Trolley

•Cushion H 50 x W 400 x D 400mm

427 547

£429.40set

•20 Round Cushions and Trolley

•Cushion H 40 x Dia. 400mm

427 523

£400.73set

•Seat Pads Only

•Pack of 20

4 WK 1 YR

Acorn Fish Shape Foam Seats

•Anti-bacterial wipe clean vinyl

•Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

•Soft foam construction

•Pack of 4

•H 350 x W 790 x D 400mm

427 672

4 WK 1 YR

Dot & Dash Foam Seats

•Anti-bacterial wipe clean vinyl

•Available in a range of vibrant, modern colours

•Soft foam construction

•Perfect for libraries, classrooms and breakout areas

•Set of 6

•H 350mm

427 678

£709.28set

£660.27pack

2 WK 2 YR

Junior Round Seat

•Junior seats ideal for reading corners and libraries

•Easy clean vinyl

•Please specify colour choice when ordering

• Round

•H 350 x Dia. 350mm

483 141

• Square

•H 350 x W 500 x D 500mm

483 142

£102.66each

Snake Modular Seating

•Modular set of 6 pieces

•Foam ﬁlled shapes with PVC cover

•Covers and ﬁllings are ﬂame resistant

•Supplied in a random mix of colours

•Each section measures H 450 x W 770 x D 350mm

428 460

£545.34each

Cherry blossom

Ocean blue Cool blue Orange Sea green Citrus green Red Grape Yellow Cobalt

Log Pads & Seat Pods

A.Log Floor Pads

428

B.Log Small Seat Pods

428

C.Log Large Seat Pods

428

D.Log Half Round Seat Pods

Hexagon Seats

427

Cube Foam Seats

Mini

6WK 5YR

Kendal Children’s Loose Cover Chair and Sofa

•Floral patterned sofa with a home from home feel

•Cover is removable and washable at 30 degrees

•Upholstered in boucle fabric

• Chair

•H 660 x W 640 x D 520mm. Seat Height 300mm, Seat Depth 270mm

Green Floral 429 135

Navy Woodland 429 136

•Sofa

£212.47each

•H 660 x W 1000 x D 520mm. Seat Height 300mm, Seat Depth 270mm

Green Floral 429 133

Navy Woodland 429 134

6WK 5YR

£312.50each

Kendal Children’s Fixed Cover Chair and Sofa

•A beautifully rounded cosy sofa that provides the perfect spot for a sit and think

•Soft boucle fabric

• Chair

•H 660 x W 640 x D 520mm. Seat Height 300mm, Seat Depth 270mm

Cranberry Boucle 429 139

Teal Boucle 429 140

•Sofa

£239.34each

•H 660 x W 1000 x D 520mm. Seat Height 300mm, Seat Depth 270mm

Cranberry Boucle 429 137

Teal Boucle 429 138

£364.76each

6WK 5YR

Keats Children’s Wingback Chair

•This beautiful statement Wingback chair, creates a real feature in a room, allowing children to ﬁnd a special place to relax and enjoy some time to themselves

•Handmade and upholstered luxurious velvet

•Choice of 3 velvet colours

•H 710 x W x D 620mm. Seat Height 280mm

Marine Velvet 429 124

Oxblood Velvet 429 125

Emerald Velvet 429 126

£312.50each

Cranberry Teal

Navy Woodland

Marine Oxblood Emerald

6WK 5YR

Emily Children’s Chair and Sofa

•Modernist design sofa and chair with a soft tactile ﬁnish

•Choice of 3 velvet colours

•A great statement alone or as a set

• Chair

•H 580 x W 510 x D 510mm. Seat Height 360mm

Marine Velvet 429 130

Oxblood Velvet 429 131

Emerald Velvet 429 132

•Sofa

£260.25each

•H 580 x W 780 x D 510mm. Seat Height 360mm

Marine Velvet 429 127

Oxblood Velvet 429 128

Emerald Velvet 429 129

6WK 5YR

£364.76each

Windsor Children’s Chesterﬁeld Chair and Sofa

•This glorious child’s Chesterﬁeld chair, creates a cosy space for children to sit, think, read and have fun

•A solid and sturdy sofa; handmade and upholstered in a luxurious velvet

•Two sofa cushions shown are also included

•Choice of 3 velvet colours

• Chair

•H 540 x W 600 x D 480mm. Seat Height 330mm

Marine Velvet 429 121

Oxblood Velvet 429 122

Emerald Velvet 429 123

•Sofa

£607.16each

•Two sofa cushions shown are also included

•H 540 x W 980 x D 480mm. Seat Height 330mm

Marine Velvet 429 118

Oxblood Velvet 429 119

Emerald Velvet 429 120

£971.94each

6WK 5YR

Byron Children’s Corner Group

•A fabulous modular sofa that can be moved and changed around to suit the environment

•Pieces can be linked and unlinked as required

•Includes a complimenting footstool

•Upholstered in velvet, available in 3 colours

•H 570 x W 1450 x D 1450. Seat Height 300mm

Marine Velvet 429 141

Oxblood Velvet 429 142

Emerald Velvet 429 143

£1030.31each

Marine Oxblood Emerald

Economy Cut Pile Rugs

Our economy learning rugs offer a novel approach to early years topics in a way that will appeal to children. They are designed to not only be functional learning tools but are also decorative additions to any classroom. Manufactured from durable tightly woven nylon with a 3mm pile and a latex anti-slip backing for strength and support. Meets relevant safety standards. All economy rugs come with a 2-year guarantee.

A Woodland Hues Rug

Spark children’s imaginations and go for a woodland walk with this colourful learning rug. With its open-ended design and neutral colour palette you can create calming areas for reading or quiet time whilst also using the rug to encourage group discussion about woodlands, woodland habitats and the seasonal changes of the trees, making it the perfect multi-functional learning tool for your classroom.

432 813 W2400 x D2000mm Each

B Mini Beasts Rug

Familiarise and encourage children to identify mini beasts. Design includes 16 different mini beasts for children to learn about, encouraging group discussion about nature and our environment. With 20 numbered placement circles children can also develop their number recognition making this rug a great multi-functional addition to your classroom.

432 017 W2400 x D2000mm Each

C Emotions Rugs Rug

Our interactive circular Emotions rug is perfect for creating a safe space in developing children’s self expression. Displaying 10 different emotions in muted pastel tones children will learn valuable social and emotional skills as they learn to confdently express themselves by standing or sitting on the emotion they are feeling.

432 015 2000mm dia Each

D River Rug

Children can use their imagination as they play down by the riverbank with our River rug – or simply use as a reading area for circle time,

723 733 W2400 x D2000mm Each

E Oval School Rugs

These calming toned Oval Runway rugs break away from bold primary colours of offer an alternative relaxing classroom environment.

3000 x 2000mm

432 018 Scandi Each

432 367 Neutral Each

More Scandi rug designs online

Economy Cut Pile Rugs

Manufactured from durable, tightly woven Nylon, with a 3mm pile and a latex anti-slip backing for strength and support.

A Rectangular Grey Deco Rug

W1500 x L2000mm

429 264 Grey Each

B Round Solid Colour Rugs

Dimensions 2000mm (Dia)

429 261 Grey Each

429 262 Blue Each

429 263 Green Each

Premium Cut Pile Rugs

Premium quality rugs comply with all relevant safety standards and offer a lifetime limited wear warranty with a 5-year soil and stain protection. All rugs have an anti-microbial treatment which is a durable locked-in feature that is incorporated into the backing composite to minimise product deterioration and odours caused by microbial activity. Manufactured from a high twist 100% nylon to prevent matting and crushing with triple felt backing, a lifetime anti-static fbre, double stitched edging and a 6mm pile which will ensure both comfort and durability.

C Large Numbers Rectangle

A great aid for teaching children number recognition from 1 to 30. Large enough to seat 35 children.

509 532 W2570 x D3600mm Each

D Large Shapes Learning Rug

Includes the key 2D shapes that children learn to recognise by the end of KS1 (age 7), including circle, triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon, hexagon and octagon.

723 885 W2570 x D3600mm Each

E Fern Oval Rug

This Oval Classroom Carpet is a premium quality rug with a plush, comfortable 6 mm pile. With a triple felt backing this carpet is perfect for creating a calming and comfortable environment for children to enjoy some quiet time to read and relax.

432 046 W2870 x D1980 mm Each

F Solid Colour Rectangle Rugs

£176.23

With 2 bold colours to choose from these rugs are excellent value. These premium carpets have a plush, comfortable pile. W1780 x D2565mm.

423 094 Blue Each

423 095 Green Each

2 WK 2 YR

Abstract Leaf Rug

•Neutral abstract leaf rug combines the perfect colour pallet for minimising over stimulation

•Manufactured from 100% hard wearing nylon with 6 mm pile

•Suitable for children aged 2 and over

•Tested to meet all relevant safety standards

•H 6 x W 1780 x D 2565mm

432 049

£175.63each

2 WK 2 YR

Calm Mountains Rug

•Nature inspired premium rug in calming and neutral colours

•Manufactured from 100% hard wearing nylon with 6 mm pile

•Suitable for children aged 2 and over

•Tested to meet all relevant safety standards

•H 6 x W 1780 x D 2565mm

432 048

£175.63each

2 WK 1 YR

Storytime Carpet

•Storytime in the early years will spark a child’s imagination and stimulate curiosity

•Help develop children’s social and communication skills through collaborative play

• Storytime Carpet

•Seats up to 16 children

•W 2000 x D 2000mm

427 509

£170.01each

• Interactive storytime mini carpets

•Encourage group cooperation to mix and match these tiles to create their very own story

•Each square measures 400 x 400mm

•Pack of 32

723 678

£124.39each

Colours of Nature Carpet Range

Developed to reﬂect the harmonious and calming colours of nature, these ranges offer a unique and balanced palette that has been carefully selected to reﬂect the environment from which it was inspired.

1.Lake

Classroom Table Packs

• Crush bent stacking classroom table

• Premium quality 18mm laminate tops and sturdy 25mm frame

• Finished with a beech top

• Sold in packs of 5

• Available with MDF or PVC edge

Classroom Chair Packs

• Titan one piece stacking chair

• High quality all plastic chair in a wide range of colours

• Sold in packs of 30

HILLE VALUE CLASSPACKS

TABLE PACK OF 15 UNITS

MDF BULLNOSE

CLASSROOM TABLES

CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS - 15 Tables

Grey Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge

L1200 x W600mm 432 478

Beech Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge L1200 x W600mm 432 479

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

Grey Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge

L1200 x W600mm 432 480

Beech Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge L1200 x W600mm 432 481

PU EDGED

CLASSROOM TABLES

CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS - 15 Tables

PU edge beech

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 482

PU edge grey

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 483

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

PU edge beech

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 484

PU edge grey

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 485

SPRAY PU EDGE TABLES

CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS - 15 Tables

PU edge beech

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 486

PU edge grey

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 487

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING -

6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

PU edge beech

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 488

PU edge grey

Size L1200 x W600mm 432 489

CHAIR PACK OF 30 UNITS

- 30

SERIES E CHAIRS30 CHAIRS

CHAIR

Chair Pack: NP Chairs

• Choose between three

• A robust general purpose chair

• The traditional

• Well defned lumbar support

• Stackable to 8 high

• 5 year guarantee

Chair Pack: ST Chairs

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4 chairs, 8 chairs or 30 chairs

• Ergonomically designed for correct posture

• Comfortable and supportive

• No nuts or screws

• Stackable to 10 high

• Amazing 15 year warranty

Fully Welded Rectangular Tables

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4 tables, 8 tables or 15 tables

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with high pressure laminate

• Traditional Fully Welded tables with a quality fnish

• Sturdy 25mm square tube frame

• BSEN 1729

• 5 year guarantee

Crushed Bent Rectangular Tables

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4 tables, 8 tables or 15 tables

• Supplied with a hard wearing 18mm MDF top and a sturdy Crushed Bent 25mm square tube frame

•

• Stackable 8 high for ease of storage

1729

• 5 year

FAST TRACK DELIVERY

CLASS PACK ONE: Crushed Bent Tables & NP Chairs

• Crushed Bent Tables supplied with a hard wearing 18mm MDF top and a sturdy Crushed Bent 25mm square tube frame

• Tables and chairs are stackable to 8 high

• 7-10 day fast track delivery service

• Available in sets of 4 tables and 8 chairs, or 15 tables and 30 chairs

590

CLASS PACK TWO: Fully Welded Tables & NP Chairs

• Fully Welded Tables supplied with a solid 18mm MDF top and high pressure laminate and sturdy 25mm square tube frames

• Tables can be spirally stacked for ease of storage

• Tables and chairs are stackable to 8 high

• 7-10 day fast track delivery service

• Available in sets of 4 tables and 8 chairs, or 15 tables and 30 chairs

Bullnose polished lacquered MDF edge

Duraform Light Grey Speckled Paint

Table Packs: Fully Welded Tables & Flaire Chairs

• Choose from two Table Packs

• Flaire Chairs are available in 6 different chairs heights

• Choose between 6 different table heights

• Supplied with a MDF bullnose table edge

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee for Fully Welded Tables

• 20 year guarantee for Flaire Chairs

TABLE & CHAIR PACKS

between: • 4 Tables & 8 Chairs

15 Tables & 30 Chairs

4 x Fully Welded Tables & 8 x Flaire Chairs

25mm Square Steel Tube Frame

WSM Stool Pack: Four Legged

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4

• Classic stacking stool

• Comfortable and stylish

• Stackable to 6 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Supplied with Duraform

• 5 year guarantee

WSM Stool Pack: Skid Base

• Choose between three pack sizes: 4 stools, 8 stools or 30 stools

• Skid Base stool with non-tilt frame protects foor in high wear situations

• Robust anti-tilt design

• Stackable to 6 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• 5 year guarantee

Craft Packs: Fully Welded Craft Tables &

WSM

Skid Base Stools

• Choose from two Craft Packs: 4 x Fully Welded Craft Tables and 8 x WSM Skid Base Stools, or, 15 x Fully Welded Craft Tables and 30 x WSM Skid Base Stools

• WSM Skid Base Stools available in two different stool heights (610 & 685mm)

• Craft Table available in two different table heights (850 & 950mm)

• Choose from a MDF bullnose table edge or Duraform spray PU charcoal

• BSEN 1729 compliant for both products

• 5 year guarantee for both products

Primary Classroom Pack Includes

• 15 x Crushed Bent Tables - Choose from three different table heights: 460, 530 or 590mm

• 30 x NP Chairs - Choose from three different chair heights: 260, 310 or 350mm

• 1 x Crushed Bent 3 Drawer Teachers Desk

• 1 x NP Swivel Teachers Chair

• 3 x Wooden Tray Unit - 2 columns, 12 trays*

•

Is your furniture the right height?

Isyourfurnituretherightheight?

One size of furniture will not provide the best ﬁt for all the children in the classroom

Isyourfurnituretherightheight?

One size of furniture will not provide the best ﬁt for all the children in the classroom

EN 1729 is the European standard for furniture in schools. The previous standard was based on furniture dimensions used in the 1970s. The dimensions in the new standard make sure furniture matches the sizes of today’s school children.

Chair & Table Heights

Stool & Table Heights

Stool

The information illustrated above is for guidance only. It is based on average pupil size only across the EU. Customers must ensure sizes are correct for their individual requirement.

Stool & Table Height

The information illustrated above is for guidance only. It is based on average pupil size only across the EU. Customers must ensure sizes are correct for their individual requirement.

Easy Guide - Classroom Chairs

On your order you may need to specify

A)Shell

This is the polypropylene seat on the chair which is often available in a variety of colours. This can include an optional fabric seat and back pad for added comfort. The shell may also be available in a FR (fire retardant) option.

B)Frame Colour

This is the colour option for the chair legs. If you are matching up with existing furniture and need advice please contact customer services.

C)Seat Height

The height of our chairs conforms to the European standard for furniture in schools (EN1729). The feet colour can be indicative of the seat height, however please be aware that these colours were updated in 2007. To ensure your chairs are the right height to match your tables please see our ordering size guidelines.

Additional information

We need to know when you require your delivery, please be ﬂexible and order early to avoid disappointment. Please include a contact name and number so we can reach you if we need any more information. Remember most furniture is made to order. Please ensure you have not forgotten any of the above information on your order.

Postura+ is the most trusted name in education. Vibrant, comfortable, durable and dynamic –transforming learning spaces worldwide.

One Piece Trolley

Sutton chair has the strength, stability and durability of a one piece product, with the aesthetics of a mid-century mixed material classroom chair.

•Stain resistant and easy to clean.

•Anti-static and anti-rocking.

•Made from a minimum of 30% recycled polypropylene.

Dont forget your options:

Sebel is designed to support natural posture and meet the demands of everyday use in learning environments, with durable polypropylene legs built to withstand impact and wear.

• Stackable up to 12 chairs

•Manufactured entirely from 100% post-consumer waste.

• Each chair prevents 4.5kg of waste plastic from going to landfill.

*Greys will vary per batch due to nature of recycled material.

Ergos Chair

The Ergos chair provides correct postural support to aid comfort and attention in the classroom. Produced in single-moulded, double-walled polypropylene for exceptional strength and stability. Single moulded Ergos chairs comply with EN 1729 Parts 1 & 2 (European standard for dimensions, strength and stability).

•Stackable

• Superior lumbar support reduces fatigue

• Cutout back allows lower back breathing

• Rounded edges help knee and ankle joint movement and encourage blood circulation

• Chair leg angles prevent tilting

• Ultra lightweight for rapid classroom rearrangement

• UV protection means the ERGOS chair is suitable for indoor and outdoor use (store indoors)

•Sold in Packs of 30

Ergos Chair

Seat heights 260–510mm

432 868 Pack of 30

Seat Height: 260mm

H470 x W300 x D320mm

432 869 Pack of 30

Seat Height: 310mm H520 x W300 x D360mm

432 870 Pack of 30

Seat Height: 350mm H650 x W420 x D390mm

432 871 Pack of 30

Seat Height: 380mm H700 x W430 x D410mm

432 872 Pack of 30

Seat Height: 430mm H770 x W500 x D500mm

432 873 Pack of 30

Seat Height: 460mm H800 x W500 x D500mm

432 874 Pack of 30

Seat Height: 510mm H850 x W500 x D500mm

Increased resistance to impact, scratches and wear

Back leg angle offers greater stability and prevent tilting

Stacks up to 8 high when not in use

Superior lumbar support

Titan One Piece

Made from solid polypropylene, the Titan One Piece is the toughest classroom chair you’ll ﬁnd. Its ergonomic design with unique ‘S’-shaped back promotes healthy posture and all-day support. Lightweight, portable and stackable, it’s as practical as it is durable. Tamper-proof, easy to clean, and free from sharp edges, every chair is anti-tilt and FIRA tested to EN1729 standards for lasting quality you can trust.

Flaire Chairs

• One piece moulded polypropylene shell and four legs

• Hand hole in the shell

• Modern and attractive looking chair

• Assists better posture

• Strong and light weight

• Scratch resistant

• Stackable to 15 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 20 year guarantee

Size 1 (3-4 years)*520 x

Size 2 (4-6 years)*570 x

Size 3 (6-8 years)*660 x

Size 4 (8-11 years)695 x 380mm

Size 5 (11-14 years)790 x 430mm

Size 6 (14-adult)820 x 460mm

Upholstered Seat Pad** **Only available with 430mm and 460mm (age 11+ chairs). Upholstered Seat Pad only. 432 215

One piece moulded polypropylene shell and four legs

STOCK ITEMS

Delivered in 7-10 Days

Stock Items

• Choose from a range of stock items available for orders of 1 item and above

• 7-10 day fast track delivery service

ERGOSTAK CHAIRS

The Hille ErgoStak chair achieves all the essential maintenance-free durability of an all plastic chair, but it also responds to the demand for a sleeker, better looking chair for new and future classrooms.

In addition to its looks, ErgoStak has been designed to achieve much higher levels of ergonomic postural support than the existing chairs in the market This is a result of over 12 years of research and development (using Actiposture TM systems) and through finelytuned support of the pelvic/lower spine enables greater levels of student concentration – the only all-plastic chair that properly does this.

We urge you to request a sample chair so that you can feel the difference.

For Value pack see page 43

FEATURES -

•ErgoStak is tough and durable, being tested to both EN1729 and BSEN16139, which tests up to 158kg (nearly 25 stones) of user weight – it has unbeatable strength, and it’s covered by a 25 year warranty.

•The seat and backs have a ventilated surface texture.

•Unique top edge detail provides generous handgrip for safer lifting, and a profile to support slung school bags.

•Ergostak is fully recyclable and stacks superbly (10 of Size Mark 6 in just over 1.5 metres)

• Excellent value as Hille is the only UK company to manufacture their own chair in-house, so no additional costs from 3rd Party suppliers.

ERGOSTAK LINKING

The ability to be able to link chairs is important in areas seating crowds of people for performances, presentations and assemblies, such as assembly halls. The necessity comes from the preference to keep the chairs in neat rows, but also for safety in the event of an emergency evacuation.

Linking devices on all-plastic chairs have previously seemed to be very expensive and not very easy to use. The ErgoStak link is manufactured in-house by Hille and can be purchased with the chair or separately and retro-fitted to any ErgoStak chair at a later date, and is very reasonably priced.

The simple and secure linking method will be welcomed by caretakers, making setting out and putting away much easier than with other available options.

To see for yourself, request a free sample for trial.

Features:

-21 year warranty

-EN1729 Parts 1 & 2. BS EN16139 Level 2

-Angled rear legs to discourage user tilting

-Easy to clean and no parts to maintain

-Optional linking device to aid compliance with H&S

-Exceptional ergonomics for an ideal sitting position

-Uses less plastic than any other chair in its class

-Fully recyclable

-Reinforced polypropylene for greater strength

-Easy to move due to its lightweight material

-Chair stacks easily and safely up to 21 high.

EN-One Chair SM1260mm305mm

EN-One Chair SM2310mm305mm

EN-One Chair SM3350mm335mm

EN-One Chair SM4380mm335mm

EN-One Chair SM5430mm365mm

EN-One Chair SM6460mm365mm

-Linking device

-Trolley, capable of holding up to 30 chairs

At Spaceforme, we believegreatclassroomsstartwithgreatseating.Theenclassicrangebringstogetherergonomiccomfort,durable constructionandaclean,contemporarydesign-givingstudentsthesupporttheyneedandschoolstheconfdencetheywant. It’spractical,dependablefurnituremadeforreallearningenvironments.

Features:

-EN10Certifed to EN1729Parts1&2and includesa 15 Yearwarranty -Contouredouterribbingforextrastrength -Tamper-prooffxingsforaddedsecurity -Made to order -100%recyclableseatsandframes -Blackshellsmadefromrecycledplastic

EN10 SM1 260mm310mm

EN10 SM2 310mm310mm

EN10 SM3 350mm370mm

EN10 SM4 380mm370mm

EN10 SM5 430mm405mm

EN10 SM6 460mm405mm

EN134 (rock) 380mm370mm

EN136 (rock) 460mm405mm

EN50 (castors) 390-520mm 405mm

EN51 (glides) 390-520mm 405mm

EN52 (brake loaded castors) 390-520mm 405mm

EN65 (castors) 530-780mm 405mm

EN66 (glides) 530-780mm 405mm EN71 Stool 610mm405mm EN70 Stool 660mm405mm

THE AFFINITY CHAIR

The

F. Transporter trolley Make life easier when moving stacks of chairs or stools with this trolley. Stacks 8. 472 328 each

OPTIONAL EXTRAS

A. E-Series with seat pad

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 479 221 each

B. E-Series with seat and back pad

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 487 087 each

C. E-Series chair with writing tablet

Features a writing tablet arm which can be permanently fitted, but neatly folds away behind the chair offering a truly multi-purpose product. Please specify left or right tablet at time of ordering.

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 474 337 each

Flame retardant 474 338 each

D. Linking E-Series chair

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 472 339 each

E. Teachers chairs junior height (not shown)

Enables teachers to sit at the same level as children in junior year classes but with an adult sized shell for comfort.

Size 2/B Seat height 320mm

Standard shell 497 256 each

SERIES E CHAIRS

The original polypropylene chair designed by Robin Day offers a durable and cost effective seating solution in the most testing environments.

Tested to EN1729 for strength and stability in addition to general dimensions and seat heights Choice of 3 frame colours.

For Value pack see page 43

4-LEG

Size

SKID BASE

Optional Extras

A. Linking SE chair

Size 5/E Seat height 430mm

Standard shell 496 897 each

B. SE Swivel Chair senior height

Size 5/E - Seat height adjustable from 420-555mm.

Standard shell 496 898 ach

C. Mix and Match Seats and Backs

See picture C Contact customer services for more information

D. SE Seat Pad

Size 5/E - Seat height 430mm.

Standard shell

Size 6/F - Seat height 460mm.

Standard shell

Remember your colour choices:

879 each

880 each

SE SEATING SYSTEM

THE SE CLASSIC

For several years the SE Classic has provided an ergonomically perfect study chair, designed with the business-like new image of academies and university buildings in mind. Resulting from years of research and development the Classic gives superb support to pupils’ and students’ backs, aiding concentration and wellbeing, built to last and to be affordable to all.

PERFECT POSTURE

All SE chairs exceed the EN1729 standards with additional focus on lower back support. SE Classic and Curve designers, Snell and Rowe, have built a speciality in designing seating to encourage healthy posture.

4- LEG

Size 1 Seat height 260mm - Age 3-4

487 081 each

Size 2 Seat height 310mm - Age 4-6

487 082 each

Size 3 Seat height 350mm - Age 6-8

487 083 each

Size 4 Seat height 380mm - Age 8-11

SKID BASE

The SE Skid base chair is available in sizes 5 and 6. When developing this product we have sought to find a design that has the following features:

•No wearable parts - such as feet, so therefore less maintenance.

•Added strength of a skid base product.

• Unique front configuration which dispels the normal hazard of being able to tip forwards easily on a traditional skid base product - with the SE skid base chair it is virtually impossible to tilt the chair forwards.

•Retain the same stacking capability as the 4 leg version.

Size 5 Seat height 430mm 504 448 each

Size 6 Seat height 460mm 504 452 each

DuraGrip feet on all Hille products give increased grip on all surfaces and lasts up to 15 times longer than standard feet.

SE SEATING SYSTEM

THE NEW SE CURVE

Giving purchasers increased choice in this popular range, the new SE Curve offers a softer, more rounded aesthetic to the classroom or study environment. Building on the ergonomic principles of the "Classic", the Curve provides unbeatable postural support. Like the Classic, the Curve is easy to handle and stack having hand-holds and grips in all the right places. Get on to the new ‘Learning Curve’!

COLOURWAYS

The new Curve is available in a new softer range of colours that interact beautifully with each other and the wood-veneered seat option. Single colours or a more adventurous mixing is encouraged, both within an establishment and even in a single chair.

4- LEG

SE MOTION STACKING CHAIR

The SE curve castor chair is perfect for flexible learning environments where seating needs to be truly manoeuvrable in use and yet still stack when you need to save space for changing classroom needs.

note: Matching seat colours and

**Upholstered Seat Pad Fabrics are an

For NP Chair Packs see page 44

NP Chair

• A robust general purpose chair

• Well defned lumbar support

• Stackable to 8 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

• Frames are supplied with a Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint as standard

• Choose from a vibrant choice of 12 different frame colours*

ST Chair

• Anti-tilt design

• No nuts or screws

• Ergonomically designed for correct posture

• Stackable to 10 high

• Comfortable and supportive

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Amazing 15 year guarantee

• Legs are supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint as standard

Size 1 (3-4 years)523 x 260mm 484 501

Size 2 (4-6 years)573 x 310mm 484 502

Size 3 (6-8 years)676 x 350mm 484 503

Size 4 (8-11 years)706 x 380mm 484 504

Size 5 (11-14 years)837 x 430mm 484 505

Size 6 (14-adult)867 x 460mm 484 506

*Upholstered Seat Pad Fabrics are an optional extra. For ST Chair Packs see page 44

The Harmony Chair has a strong robust design. The chair stacks 10 high. Tested to EN1729 Parts 1 and 2 for Strength and Stability.

The Master tack Skid base chair has been designed with support and comfort in mind, The chair is available in six sizes with plenty of colour options. The product has the ability to stack 25 high, this is veryconvenient when you are limited on space. The chair has a one piece polypropylene shell, riveted to the frame and has tamper proof xings. EN1729 parts 1 and 2.

The super strong GEO 4 legged chair is available in 10 shell colours and 4 seat heights. Moulded from one piece high impact polypropylene shell, xed to a strong durable over tube frame. The chair stacks 8 high and gives the user superb back support. The GEO is the ultimate classroom chair. Certi ed to BS EN 1729 parts 1 & 2

Herts FullStop range of chairs

A) MX70 Classic heavy duty chair

Highly resilient and strong stacking chair with a steel frame running up the back, creating extra strength.

Size 5, 430mm

Size 6, 460mm

Accessories

With linking device

Size 6, 460mm

With seat pad

Size 6, 460mm

504 691 each

504 692 each

504 694 each

504 693 each

With linking device and seat pad

Size 6, 460mm

504 695 each

Remember your colour choices:

4 WK 5YR

B) MX24 Classic chair 4 leg

Stacking, with a fully welded frame, strengthened seat and back supports.

Size 2, 310mm

Size 3, 350mm

Size 4, 380mm

Size 5, 430mm

Size 6, 460mm

508 003 each

508 004 each

508 005 each

504 696 each

508 006 each

Jolly Back Chair

•An ergonomic range of furniture designed to combat neck and back pain

•Physiotherapist designed speciﬁcally to support and promote natural upright posture

•Reduces awkward bending, twisting and kneeling

• Large Chair

•On castors

•H 800 x W 370 x D 430mm

428 080

• Medium Chair

•On castors

•H 750 x W 370 x D 430mm

428 079

• Small Chair

•On glides

•H

700 x W 370 x D 430mm

428 081

£233.57each

4 WK 5YR

Jolly Back Floor Chair

•Provides comfortable back support whilst sitting on the ﬂoor

•Removable seat and backrest cushions

•Adult Floor Chair

•H 400 x W 390 x D 500mm

428 082

•Junior Floor Chair

•H 400 x W 390 x D 400mm

428 083

£166.49each

£154.52each

E-Series Swivel Chair

•Height adjustable via a lever operated gas lift

•Choose either glides or castors ﬁtted

• Seat height-adjustable: 360 - 490mm Adult Standard Chair

•Seat

GH29 Classic IT Swivel Chair

•Computer

Geo Poly Swivel Chair

•Moulded back for better posture

•Gas lift height adjustable guaranteed to withstand up to 25 stone

•Choice castors or glides

•11 years to adult size

•7 to 11 years

• 5 to 7 years

Blue Sapphire Purple Brown Charcoal Black White

4 WK 6YR

Black Red Brown Green

Blue Grey

Yellow Mullbery Flame Ocean Red Slate Sky Lime Onyx

4 WK 6YR

4 WK 5YR

Titan Swivel Chair

•The Titan swivel chair is anti-tamper with no removable parts

•Super-strong, solid steel polished chrome base o ers fantastic looks and superior strength compared to a standard nylon base

•Gas lifts are guaranteed up to 25 stone in body weight and o er simple seat height adjustment

•W 420 x D 480mm

• Castors

Adult Chair, Seat height 465 - 555mm 487 040

£75.71each

Junior Chair, Seat height 405 - 460mm 487 041 £71.72each

•Glides

Adult Chair, Seat height 465 - 555mm 507 554 £75.71each

Junior Chair, Seat height 405 - 460mm 507 555 £71.72each

Postura+ Task Chair

•High impact resistant polypropylene shell

•Perfect ergonomics with a waterfall edge seat

•Task chair with gas adjustable seat height

•Available in 20 polypropylene colours

•Seat height 383 - 493mm

•Castors

Black Base 509 153

£89.18each

Chrome Base 427 213 £100.01each

• Glides

Black Base 428 521

£89.18each

Chrome Base 428 522 £100.01each

•Postura Task Stool 427 214

EVO Poly ICT Swivel Chair

•The super strong EVO Chair

•Gas lift up to 25stone/150kg

•Certiﬁed to BSEN1729 parts 1 and 2 Black Base 424 607

Base 424 608

£125.55each

EN Series Computer Chair

•The EN chairs elegant curved seat aids comfort and movement

•The EN series exceptional ergonomic shell support is provided to the lower back

•The latest in one-piece school chair technology

•Seat height 390-520mm

Fitted with castors 509 498 £66.55each

Fitted with glides

Fitted with brake loaded castors 509 500 £84.70each

Onyx Yellow

MullberyFlame

OceanRed

BurgundyBlack Green

Orange

Tamperproof Operator Chair

•Push button height adjustment

•Large contoured seat

Adult SE Swivel Chair

•The SE Chair has an additional focus on the correct lower back support to give correct posture, aiding learning by increasing concentration levels and improving long term health

•Height adjustable from 420 to 555mm

•Choose either castors or glides

•Available in a wide range of vibrant and exciting colours to suit every classroom environment 496 898

Teachers Stool

•Designed for easy movement for teachers & students

•Gas lift base seat height 430 - 550mm

•Seat diameter 360mm

•Seat upholstered in Main Line Plus or Advantage fabric - please specify when ordering

•Choose either castors or glides

499 656

•Fixed back and height rake to minimise movement

•Covered components to minimise potential damage

•Available in Phoenix fabric

Pepperpot Backless Swivel Chair

•Gas height adjustment from 425 - 555mm

•Exciting colours options and sleek lines for a modern classroom

Red Pink

Orange Purple Green Grey

Blue Black

Paciﬁc

Purple

Slate Scarlett Ivory Ebony

Leaf Mocha

Classic

Folding Chairs

A comprehensive range of folding chairs for all budgets.

A 2200 Chair

Seat height: 450mm H820 x W450 x D550mm

483 383 Blue*

483 384 Burgundy*

483 385 Charcoal* 483 386 All Black

*light grey frame

Pack of 8

B 2000 Chair

Seat height: 450mm H870 x W450 x D550mm

483 387 Blue* 483 388 Burgundy*

483 389 Charcoal* 483 390 All Black

*light grey frame

Pack of 8

C 2600 Chair

Comfort Back with light grey frame

Seat height: 450mm H870 x W470 x D540mm

483 391 Blue 483 392 Burgundy

483 393 Charcoal

Pack of 4

D 2600 Upholstered Chair

Comfort Back with light grey frame and upholstered seat

Seat height: 450mm H870 x W470 x D540mm

483 397 Blue 483 398 Burgundy/Red

483 399 Charcoal

Pack of 4

E 2700 Chair

All Steel - light grey frame

Seat height: 450mm H750 x W450 x D530mm

483 403

Pack of 4

F 2700 Fully Upholstered Chair

Light grey frame with upholstered seat

Seat height: 450mm H750 x W450 x D530

483 405 Red 483 406 Blue

499 578 Charcoal

Pack of 4

Storage For Folding Chairs

A comprehensive range of storage systems to help eliminate storage problems in premises that have space restrictions.

(Dimensions shown when fully loaded with chairs)

G Transport Dolly 2200 & 2000 Chairs only

H1500 x W1130 x D470mm

Stores 40 chairs

483 409

H Low Hanging Storage Trolley

483 410 Two Rows

H1220 x W1250 x D1250mm

Stores 68 A-B chairs & 36 C-F chairs

483 411 Three Rows

H1220 x W1750 x D1250mm

Stores 102 A-B chairs & 54 C-F chairs

I Upright Chair Truck

H100 x W1530 x D520mm

Stores 20 C-F chairs

427 224

J High Hanging Storage Trolley

483 412 Two Rows

H2300 x W1250 x D1250mm

Stores 136 A-B chairs & 72 C-F chairs

483 413 Three Rows

H2300 x W1750 x D1250mm

Stores 204 A-B chairs & 108 C-F chairs

your options:

The Ricochet Stool is designed to promote great posture and allow natural motion and freedom to fidget. Compact and lightweight, the stool is available in 5 heights, allowing it to easily adapt to different learning environments.

Dont forget your options:

The Postura+ now includes a One Piece Stool. Available in low-back & high-back, and 3 height options:

•Strong,

• Anti floor marking, built in glides

•Made from a minimum of 30% recycled polypropylene

Dont forget your options:

This innovative design boasts unparalleled stack-ability, setting it apart from any other stool on the market. Its seamless construction makes it an ideal ft for laboratory settings, as it effortlessly withstands spills and is remarkably easy to clean.

An integrated footrest ensures comfort during extended use, while the availability of 2 different sizes caters to a range of user preferences.

Features:

-10 year warranty

-Angled rear legs to discourage user tilting

-Easy to clean and no parts to maintain

-Fully recyclable

-Reinforced polypropylene for greater strength

-Easy to move due to its lightweight material

-Stacks easily and safely up to 15 high

bag hook

We have dedicated Account Managers visiting schools regularly to provide the best value for money on educational products and services.

We provide:

•Advice and support

• Savings reviews

•Product samples and recommendations

•No obligation price comparisons

•Product sourcing by our dedicated Buying Team

• No quibble returns

•No minimum order value for Free Delivery

WSM Stools: Four Legged Base

• Classic stacking stool

• Comfortable and stylish

• Stackable to 6 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• 5 year guarantee

WSM Stools: Skid Base

• Skid Base stool with non-tilt frame protects foor in high wear situations

• Robust anti-tilt design

• Stackable to 6 high

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• 5 year guarantee

High Chairs & Stools

• Choose from 3 different High Chairs and 2 different Stools

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• Ideal for use in Science Laboratories, Art Studios or Music Rooms

• 5 year guarantees on all High Chairs and Stools

Low Back - Skid Base Stool

Our Low Back Stools have been designed to the shape of how the body should sit when under a high top table, providing the maximum comfort.

The 19mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat nish to provide maximum life.

A ‘U’ bracing-bar has also been added to give extra strength.

Designed to hook onto each other when stacking. Can be stacked 10 high

Poly Stool

This Polypropylene Stool is designed with a at seat which allows ease of stacking.

The 22mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat nish to provide maximum life.

These stools are designed to stack 10 high.

Remember your options:

GEO Stool

The super strong GEO 4 legged stool is available in 10 shell colours and 3 seat heights. Seat moulded from one piece high impact polypropylene and is xed to a strong durable over tube frame, with footrest bars. The stool stacks 4 high and gives the user superb back support. The GEO is the ultimate classroom stool.

Remember your options:

SE SEATING SYSTEM

SE STOOL

•Uses the ergonomic seat and back from the SE chair

•Matches in with SE chairs to offer a co-ordinated environment

•Handy hand hole on the backless version at the rear to make moving them around easy

•Stable skid base design has no wearable feet

•Stacks up to 8 high

•Range of 4 heights

•Available in a choice of four frame colours

SE STOOL - WITHOUT BACK

SE STOOL - WITH CLASSIC BACK

Stackable (Stacks 8 high except E-series stool which stacks 5 high)

BEECH AND MDF FLAT TOP STOOLS

POLYPROPYLENE FLAT TOP STOOLS

PEPPERPOT STOOLS

Fantastic range of stools with contemporary styling and bold colours. Choice of 3 frame colours.

STANDARD

Height

O PTIONAL EX TRA

Bag hook - fully welded to frame. Must be ordered at same time as stools. 509 945 each

E - SERIES STOOLS

Comfortable and durable with a moulded back support. Choice of 3 frame colours.

Available in polished MDF, red, blue, green, yellow coloured MDF or beech veneered MDF. Choice of 3 frame colours.

Clear lacquered MDF

Height 430mm 479 770 each

Height 525mm 479 771 each

Height 610mm 479 772 each

Height 685mm 479 773 each

Coloured MDF - please specify colour

Height 430mm 479 774 each

Height 525mm 479 775 each

Height 610mm 479 776 each

Height 685mm 479 777 each

Natural Beech veneered MDF

Height 430mm 479 778 each

Height 525mm 479 779 each

Height 610mm 479 780 each

Height 685mm 479 781 each

Simple stacking design and extremely durable. Choice of 3 frame colours.

STANDARD

FLAME RETARDANT - BLUE ONLY

STANDARD

FLAME RETARDANT - BLUE ONLY

Easy Guide- Classroom Tables

On your order you may need to specify

A)Top Colour

This is the colour of the table top surface. This is usually available in a variety of colours and wood ﬁnishes.

B)Edge

There are 3 types of table edges; MDF - a lacquer which covers the core of the table, this is the lowest cost option. PVC - glued to the side of the table and will usuall have more colour options.

PU (Polyurethane) - bonded under the laminate, this is our strongest edge.

You may also need to specify an edge colour on your order.

C)Frame Type & Colour

There are 3 types of table frames; Crushbent - allows the tables to be stacked. Fully Welded - not designed for stacking in large quantities but it would be possible to spiral stack. Mandrel bend - our strongest table frame available in stacking and non stacking. You may also need to specify a frame colour on your order.

Additional information

D)Height

The height of our tables conforms to the European standard for furniture in schools (EN1729). The feet colour can be indicative of the table height, however please be aware that these colours were updated in 2007. To ensure your tables are the right height to match your chairs please see our ordering size guidelines.

Crushbent

Fully Welded

Mandrel Bend

4 WK 5YR

Mandrel Bend Circular Table

•Our strongest table frame with a 1080mm diameter circular top

•Available with a beech, maple or cream laminate top with a black or silver frame

•Choice of di erent table heights ranging from 460 - 750mm high

427 341

£176.98each

4 WK 5YR

Mandrel Bend Semi-Circular Table

•Our strongest table frame with a Semi-Circular top

•Available with a beech, maple or cream laminate top with a black or silver frame

•Choice of di erent table heights ranging from 460 - 750mm high

427 342

4 WK 5YR

Mandrel Bend Trapezoidal Table

•Our strongest table frame with a trapezoidal top

•Available with a beech, maple or cream laminate top with a black or silver frame

•Choice of di erent table heights ranging from 460 - 750mm high

427 343

£145.93each

£167.68each

Mandrel Bend Rectangular Table

•Our strongest table frame with a Rectangular top

•Available with a beech, maple or cream laminate top with a black or silver frame

•Choice of di erent table heights ranging from 460 - 750mm high

• Non-Stacking

•W1200 x D600mm

427 344

•W1100 x D550mm

427 345

• Stacking

•W1200 x D600mm

427 346

£122.65each

4 WK 5YR

Fully Welded Tables

• Traditional Fully Welded Tables with a Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• Can be spirally stacked for ease of storage

• Choose from 5 different Duraform PU edge colours or a MDF Bullnose edge

• Solid 18mm MDF top with a high pressure laminate

• 5 year guarantee

• BSEN 1729 compliant

Semi-Circular

Fully Welded Black Frame Tables

• Traditional Fully Welded Tables with a black frame fnish

• Can be spirally stacked for ease of storage

• Choose from 5 different Duraform PU edge colours or a MDF Bullnose edge

• Solid 18mm MDF top with a high pressure laminate

• Sturdy 25mm square tube frame

• 5 year guarantee

• BSEN 1729 compliant

Crushed Bent Tables

• Choose from 5 different Duraform PU edge colours or a MDF Bullnose edge

• Hard wearing 18mm MDF top and a sturdy 25mm Crushed Bent square tube frame

• Available in fve different shapes for ultimate classroom fexibility

• Stackable 8 high for ease of storage

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

Sturdy Crushed Bent 25mm square tube frame

Fully Welded & Crushed Bent

Colour Frame Tables

• Choose from two table styles

• Choose to have matching laminates and frames or ‘mix n match’

• Choose from a vibrant choice of 7 different colours and a variety of table heights

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with high pressure laminate

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• Standard MDF Bullnose edge

• 5 year guarantee

Tables Crushed Bent Tables

and

Bullnose polished lacquered MDF edge

Sturdy Crushed Bent 25mm square tube frame

RT32 Tables

• Spiral stacking tables with premium round tube legs (32mm)

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint, other frame colours are available on request

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

RT32 White Tables

• Choose from 3 different table shapes

• Versatile range that can be easily confgured into any layout

• 32mm round tubular frame

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate and a matching white 2mm BURO edge

• BSEN 1729 compliant

• 5 year guarantee

Premium RT45 Tables

• Supplied with 45mm chunky tubular legs

• Versatile range that can be easily confgured into any layout

• 5 year guarantee

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Whiteboard Table Tops

• Hard wearing 18mm high gloss white top

• High scratch resistant

• Promotes a paperless environment

• Available on all table sizes

• Wipe clean free surface

• Excellent for brainstorming ideas

• 5 year guarantee

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Always

Segga

BURO Edge Tables

• Choose from two table frame styles: Fully Welded or Crushed Bent

• Choose from 3 different table shapes

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• 5 year guarantee

Segga Tables

• Sturdy 32mm Fully Welded frame with 18mm laminate top

• Stylish modular table with multiple shape combinations possible

• Ultimate fexibility for any Classroom, Project or Library

• Perfect for creating ICT hot desks

• 5 year guarantee

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Connect Tables

• Flexible and dynamic modular table with endless tessellation possibilities

• Sturdy 32mm Fully Welded frame with 18mm MDF top

• Designed to seat 1 but can seat 3 when a full working space is not essential

• Perfect for Communal Areas

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• Stylish triangular table with a 32mm round tube Fully Welded frame

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Optional large castor can be added for an additional cost

• Versatile table that can be confgured into many possible table shapes

• 5 year guarantee

Elite Tables: Static Height & Height Adjustable

• Choose between two Elite Table styles

• Ultimate classroom range with both static and height adjustable options

• Excellent variety of vibrant laminates

• Stylish oval tube frame

• Height adjustable table for use with wheelchairs or where a versatile environment is required

• 5 year guarantee

Choose between three different table heights

• ZED frame cantilever table

• Available as a square or rectangular table

• Strong robust 50 x 25mm steel tube frame

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Stylish and contemporary design

• Adjustable feet

• Choose from three table edge styles

• 5 year guarantee

Morleys Fully Welded Classroom Tables with MDF Edges

•18mm laminate wipe clean top

•Square, fully welded frame available in 3 colours

•Rounded lacquered MDF edge with nine top colours

•Square and rectangular tables spiral stacks up to 6 high

•5 Year Frame Guarantee

•Conforms to EN 1729 parts 1 & 2

•Sold in Packs of 5

A Classroom Table - Square

Dimensions: W600 x D600mm

Width Between Legs 520mm

432 861 Pack of 5

B Classroom Table - Rectangular

Dimensions: W1100 x 550mm

Width Between Legs 1017mm

432 862 Pack of 5

C Classroom Table - Rectangular

Dimensions: W1200 x 600mm

Width Between Legs 1120mm

432 863 Pack of 5

D Classroom Table - Semi-Circular

Dimensions: W1200 x D600mm

Width Between Legs 520mm

432 866 Pack of 5

E Classroom Table - Circular

Dimensions: Dia. 1100mm

Width Between Legs 670mm

432 867 Pack of 5

F Classroom Table - Trapezoidal

Dimensions: W1100 x D550mm

Width Between Legs 445mm

432 864 Pack of 5

F Classroom Table - Trapezoidal

Dimensions: W1200 x D600mm

Width Between Legs 465mm

432 865 Pack of 5

MDF

Hille’s ‘Essentials’ range of tables is a concise range of options, which allows us to stock build components ready for manufacture This reduces costs, enabling us to keep the pricing as low as possible, whilst offering a 2 week delivery turnaround all year round.

Table tops feature a polished bullnose edge, with either a beech or grey laminate finish, and are 1200 x 600 in 6 height options Frames can be crushbent or standard welded, in a choice of hard-wearing powdercoated colours.

For Value pack see page 43

Grey

Beech Laminate

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING - 6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

Grey Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge L1200 x W600mm 429 693 each

Beech Laminate top – MDF Bullnose edge L1200 x W600mm 429 694 each

The Hille fully moulded edge table is the strongest edge available on the market. The edge is formed in an injection moulding process which terial bonded within the core of the table. As a result, the edge offers the ultimate protection to the core of the table against all manor of impacts and knocks.

Cut sections of the top can be supplied to demonstrate the structure.

Fully moulded edge tables are competitively priced, especially given their extreme durability.

Better pricing is available for orders over 100 units.

For Value pack see page 43

CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING - 6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

Cut

of table showing

SPRAY PU EDGE TABLES

Spray polyurethane (PU) edge tables have become increasingly popular over the years, as they offer a good level of durability, whilst offering an overall aesthetically pleasing look.

Better pricing is available for orders over 100 units. For Value pack see page 43

CRUSH BENT STACKING FRAME6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

WELDED FRAME - SPIRAL STACKING - 6 AVAILABLE HEIGHTS

Durable

frame Colour coded feet for height identification

MDF Edge The standard core table material nished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm 424 159 428 706

Rectangular1100mm550mm 424 160 428 707

Rectangular1200mm600mm 424 161 428 708

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm 424 162 428 709

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm 424 163 428 710

Semi-circular1100mm550mm 424 164 428 711

Semi-circular1200mm600mm 424 165 428 712

Circular1000mm1000mm 424 166 428 713

Rectangular Tray Table 1100mm550mm 427 756 428 805

Rectangular Tray Table

427 757 428 806

£61.14

£69.58

The Spiral Stacking Tables are designed to stack in a spiral motion directly on top of each other. These tables are available in many di erent shapes and sizes and still o er the Spiral Stacking System (with the exception of the Circular table).

The 1.5mm gauge four legged frames are powder coated in an Epoxy Powder coat nish to give maximum life.

We supply a wide range of laminated top nishes (Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow). We also o er a selection of tables with a clear lacquered edge, 2mm PVC edge or PU edging. Table tops are 18mm thick. Certi ed to BS EN 1729

PVC Edge A 2mm thick plastic, glued to the edge of the table, o ering standard protection. Available in a choice of colours.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm 424 167 428 714

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm

Rectangular Tray Table

Rectangular Tray Table 1200mm600mm

168 428 715

169 428 716

758 428 807

759 428 808

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge o ering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm 424 174

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm 424 175 428

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm

Rectangular Tray

Rectangular Tray Table

Gratnell® Trays

Each table is supplied with tray runners and 2 trays. Minimum order of 5 items. *Red, blue, green & translucent Gratnell trays and tray runners available on rectangular tables only. (rectangular tables only)

CRUSHBENT TABLES

MDF Edge The standard core table material nished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm

Our Slide/Stacking Tables are created with a robust crushed metal frame on a 25mm square leg system that is longer on one side enabling you to stack with ease.

The 1.5mm gauge four legged frames are powder coated in an Epoxy Powder coat nish to give maximum life.

PVC Edge A 2mm thick plastic, glued to the edge of the table, o ering standard protection. Available in a choice of colours.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Square600mm600mm

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge o ering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

Rectangular1100mm550mm

Rectangular1200mm600mm

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm

PREMIUM CYLINDER TABLES

MDF Edge The standard core table material nished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Rectangular1100mm550mm

This heavy duty Premium Cylinder Leg Table is one of the more robust and eye-pleasing families of tables.

616 428 757

Rectangular1200mm600mm 427 617 428 758

Square600mm600mm 427 618 428 759

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm 427 619 428 760

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm 427 620 428 761

Semi-circular1100mm550mm 427 621 428 762

Semi-circular1200mm600mm 427 622 428 763

Circular1200mm1200mm 427 623 428 764 £84.94

The 32mm diameter cylindrical leg frames are fully welded and powder coated in an Epoxy Powder coat nish to give maximum life.

PVC Edge

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Rectangular1100mm550mm 427 624 428 765

Rectangular1200mm600mm 427 625 428 766

Square600mm600mm 427 626 428 767

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm 427 627 428 768

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm 427 628 428 769

Semi-circular1100mm550mm 427 629 428 770

Semi-circular1200mm600mm 427 630 428 771

Circular1200mm1200mm 427 631 428 772 A 2mm thick plastic, glued to the edge of the table, o ering standard protection. Available in a choice of colours.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Rectangular1100mm550mm 427 632 428 773

Rectangular1200mm600mm 427 633 428 774

Square600mm600mm 427 634 428 775

Trapezoidal1100mm550mm 427 635 428 776

Trapezoidal1200mm600mm 427 636 428 777

Semi-circular1100mm550mm 427 637 428 778

Semi-circular1200mm600mm 427 638 428 779

Circular1200mm1200mm 427 639 428 780

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge o ering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge. Remember your options:

TABLES WITH CASTORS

MDF Edge The standard core table material nished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

25mm Frame600mm600mm 428 998

25mm Frame1100mm550mm 428 999

25mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 000

25mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 001

25mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 002

Ø32mm Frame600mm600mm 429 003

Ø32mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 004

Ø32mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 005

Ø32mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 006

Ø32mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 007

This range of mobile tables is available in the form of our 25mm Fully Welded or our remiium Cylinder ranges of ables.

The leg (25mm box or Ø32mm round) frames are fully welded and powder coated in an Epoxy Powder coat nishto give maximum life.

Each table is mounted on 65mm Castors (with soft tyres), 2 being locking and 2 non-locking.

We supply a wide range of laminated top nishes. We also o eraselection of tables with a clear lacquered edge, 2mm PVC edge or PU edging. Table tops are 18mm thick. Certi edto BS EN 1729

PVC Edge

A 2mm thick plastic, glued to the edge of the table, o ering standard protection. Available in a choice of colours.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

25mm Frame600mm600mm 429 602

25mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 603

25mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 604

25mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 605

25mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 606

Ø32mm Frame600mm600mm 429 612

Ø32mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 613

Ø32mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 614

Ø32mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 615

Ø32mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 616

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge o ering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

25mm Frame600mm600mm 429 607

25mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 608

25mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 609

25mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 610

25mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 611

Ø32mm Frame600mm600mm 429 617

Ø32mm Frame1100mm550mm 429 618

Ø32mm Frame1200mm600mm 429 619

Ø32mm Frame1400mm600mm 429 620

Ø32mm Frame1600mm600mm 429 621

25mm Frame

Ø32mm Frame

Enviro Tables & Benches

Revolutionary in design and construction this range of lightweight yet incredibly strong furniture is suitable for all areas of learning establishments be it pre-school, primary, secondary and beyond.

Supplied in an unrivalled selection of shapes, sizes, heights and colour combinations the tables are ideal for classrooms, meeting rooms, staff rooms, libraries, for dining, collaboration and learning. The benches are designed to fit neatly under the tables for storage and are a popular choice in dining rooms and canteens as a smart, space saving alternative to traditional chairs.

With a wipe-clean top, finished with a strong and durable, environmentally friendly ABS edging, the table tops and bench seats feature rounded corners for safety. Tested and passed EN BS1729 1&2 for strength, durability and dimensional fit.

Rectanglular & Square Tables

906

1800(L) x 750mm(W)

1400(L) x 750mm(W)

1200(L) x 750mm(W)

1200(L) x 600mm(W)

750(L) x 750mm(W)

600(L) x 600mm(W)

Round Tables

Shaped Tables

Enviro Benches

Features:

-Stacks 15 high within a 2 metre space

-6kg weight for dynamic adaptable environments

-EN1729 Parts 1 & 2. Tested to over 100 kg weight

-Pen groove colour inserts

-Connector available to link tables together

-Easy to store or move on our table dolly

-Simple to clean making them Hygienic

-Offered in sizes 1 to 6

-Available in Night Grey or Cool Grey

EN-CT1 460mm600mm

EN-CT2 530mm600mm

EN-CT3 590mm600mm

EN-CT4 640mm600mm

EN-CT5 710mm600mm

EN-CT6 760mm600mm

-Optional pen groove insert

-Optional table connector device

-Dolly for easy transportation

EN-CTPG*Pen trayeach

EN-CTCON*Table connectoreach

EN-CTDOL* Trolleyeach

*specify colour when ordering

4 WK 5YR

Teachers Desk

•Teachers desk with lockable top drawer

•Frame available in black, chrome or grey

•Please specify colour when ordering

•H 710 x W 1200 x D 600mm

MDF Edge 508 338 £293.64each

PVC Edge 508 339 £297.92each

PU Edge 508 340 £303.75each

4 WK 1 YR

Single Pedestal Desk

•Complete with cable ports and a modesty panel

•Available in beech or oak with a charcoal frame

•With ﬁxed lockable drawers

•Choose left or right hand version

W 1200 x H 720 x D 745mm 507 672 £152.15each

W 1800 x H 720 x D 745mm 507 674

5WK 1 YR

County Teachers Desk

•Beech laminate

•Drawer handle available in green, blue, yellow, red, grey, brown, burgundy, silver and black - please specify when ordering

•Two suspended drawers with locking top drawer

•Cream modesty panel complemented with a beech laminate top and black frame

760 x W 1200 x D 600mm 497 874 £284.62each

4 WK 5YR

Double Pedestal Desk

•Double pedestal with 2 drawers on one side and 3 on the other

•Complete with cable ports and a modesty panel

•Available in beech or oak with a charcoal frame

•With ﬁxed lockable drawers

•H 720 x W 1800 x D 745mm 507 676 £197.80each

Teachers 2 Drawer Single Pedestal Desk & Operator Chair Bundle

•2 drawer ﬁxed pedestal - lockable supplied with 2 keys

•Cantilever desk frame

•High back operator chair. Choose colour from Phoenix fabric range

•Choice of wood ﬁnishes and frame colours

W 1200 x H 725 x D 800mm 429 059 £306.94each

3WK 5YR

Teachers 3 Drawer Single Pedestal Desk & Operator Chair Bundle

•3 drawer ﬁxed pedestal - lockable supplied with 2 keys

•Cantilever desk frame

•High back operator chair. Choose colour from Phoenix fabric range

•Choice of wood ﬁnishes and frame colours

W 1200 x H 725 x D 800mm 429 060 £306.94each

W 1400 x H 725 x D 800mm 429 062 £313.20each

W 1600 x H 725 x D 800mm 429 064 £316.33each

3WK 5YR

Teachers Double Pedestal Desk & Operator Chair Bundle

•Double pedestal extra wide teachers desk

•Cantilever desk frame

•High back operator chair. Choose colour from Phoenix fabric range

•Choice of wood ﬁnishes and frame colours

•W 1800 x H 725 x D 800mm

• 2 standard and 2 ﬁling drawers - one standard and ﬁling drawer each side

429 065

£425.95each

• 2 + 3 Drawer

• 4 standard and 1 ﬁling drawer 429 066 £425.95each

• 3 + 3 Drawer

•6 standard drawers

429 067

£425.95each

• Teachers Desks are supplied to match our core table ranges

• Choose from 2 frame options in a variety of sizes

• Select either a 2 drawer or 3 drawer option

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Crushed Bent Frame Teachers Desk

Fully Welded Frame Teachers Desk

Height Adjustable HA200 Table

• Choose between three table sizes

• When height is set frames are completely tamper proof

• Adjustable between 512-805mm

• Side crank handle adjustable

• Available with optional cable portholes*

• Choose from three edge styles

• Supplied with silver frame paint as standard

• 5 year guarantee

Height Adjustable HA600 Table

• Sit to stand height adjustment from 730mm to 1200mm

• Available with single or double portholes*

• 18mm MDF top with a high pressure laminate

• Supplied with black frame paint as standard

• Choose from three edge styles

• 5 year guarantee

Height Adjustable HA400 Table

• Choose between two table sizes

• When height is set frames are completely tamper proof

• Adjustable between 512-805mm

• Side crank handle adjustable

• Available with optional cable portholes*

• Choose from three edge styles

• Supplied with white frame paint as standard

• 5 year guarantee

Crank Handle / Handy Height Guide

Porthole*

4 WK 5YR

Ergonomic Electric Height Adjustable Desk

• Adjustable from 600 to 1250mm

• 3 programmable memory pre-sets

• Dual motor system

• 125kg maximum lift capacity

• Anti-collision feature

• Beech top with a choice of frame colours

W 1200 x D 800mm 429 913

W 1400 x D 800mm 429 918

W 1600 x D 800mm 429 923

W 1800 x D 800mm 429 928

4 WK 5YR

£337.56 each

£343.13 each

£351.48 each

£365.40 each

Elite Rectangular Height Adjustable Table

• Suitable for use with wheelchairs or where a versatile environment is required

• Height adjustable from 710 - 1000mm

• Stylish oval tube frame

• Matching ﬁxed height table available - 428 162

• L 1200 x W 600mm

428 165

£251.08 each

4 WK 10YR

Start Right Rectangular Height Adjustable Table

• Tables feature oval shaped legs with sliding metal inserts, allowing you to choose the correct height

• Height adjustable between 5 key positions

• 25mm top which is ﬁnished with a grey PU Duraform edge

• 10 year guarantee

• Adjustable to 400, 460, 530, 590 and 640mm

• L 1200 x W 600mm

424 883

£220.58 each

Tuf Top Rectangular Height Adjustable Table

• Adjustable from 430 to 635mm in 25mm increments

• Heavy duty for school use with hard wearing, easy wipe clean, sturdy 25mm thick tops.

• Durable PVC moulded edges for added safety

• Frames are black powder coated for scratch resistance and longevity and ﬁtted with self levelling feet, ideal for uneven ﬂoors around the school

• Quick and easy assembly

• W 1500 x D 750mm

Height Adjustable Tables

Adjusts from 550mm to 850mm

Adjustable feet

Our Height Adjustable Table has been developed to give you the opportunity to have a table that can be adjusted to a number of heights, making them appropriate for wheelchair users (DDA compliant).

E ective in all o ce environments including “Educational” workplaces.

The Crank system adjusts from 550mm to 850mm high. The 18mm or 25mm MDF laminated tops can be edged in either a clear lacquer or 2mm PVC edging. Leg frame available in Silver only.

your options:

Electric Sit/Stand Desk

your options:

A Sit/Stand desk promotes good blood circulation, prevents problems associated with prolonged sitting

•Increases alertness and activity levels

•Top available: 1200mm, 1400mm, 1600mm, 1800mm. W800 for all

•Available in 4 colours

MDF Edge The standard core table material nished with a clear lacquer coating.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice 1-29CodePrice 30+

Standard1200mm600mm

Standard1200mm750mm

Standard1500mm600mm

Standard1500mm750mm

Heavy

642 428 783

These ‘H’ Frame Laboratory Tables have been designed to make working on high work-tops that much easier.

With it’s 1.5mm gauge 25mm or 40mm thick ‘H’ frames, these tables are suitable for use in many environments, especially educational areas.

PU Edge A solid polyurethane edge o ering the ultimate in protection to the table top edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

Standard1200mm600mm

Standard1200mm750mm

Standard1500mm600mm

Heavy

Heavy Duty1500mm750mm

We supply a wide range of laminated top nishes (Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow) with a clear lacquered edge or 2mm PVC edge. Table tops are 18mm thick. Certi ed to BS EN 1729.

We also o er an extra tough 13mm thick solid core laminate Trespa work top, ideal for science and food technology environments.

Trespa Solid Core Laminate work

edge.

DescriptionWidthDepthCodePrice

Standard1500mm750mm

Heavy

Remember your options:

Craft Tables

• Choose between two Craft Tables

• Sturdy and practical H frame tables

• Perfect for Art, Food Technology, Science and Craft Environments

• Versatile range for use throughout the school

• Available in three different edge fnishes

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

Duraform Light Grey Speckled

25mm Square Steel Tube Frame

Chunky 45mm Round Tube Frame

1 YR

Folding Exam Desk

• Beech laminated MDF with polished edge

• Pencil groove

• H 710 x W 600 x D 600mm

481 011

£36.92 each

1 YR

Exam Desk Trolley 25

• Vertical storage and transportation trolley

• Holds 25 exam desks

• H 1250 x W 670 x D 1200mm

485 025

£117.30 each

1 YR

Exam Desk Trolley 40

• Horizontal storage and transportation trolley

• Holds 40 desks

• H 1350 x W 600 x D 1350mm

481 053

£135.00 each

4 WK 5YR

Nesting Exam Table

• Black crushbent frame & beech top

• Stackable up to 5 high

• Table top W 600 x D 450mm

• Table height 710mm

499 650

£60.19 each

Exam Desk

Solid counter balanced 15mm MDF top and lacquered MDF edge, easy fold black frame with slightly sloping top for better ergonomics. Complete with moulded pen groove and extra strong 25mm oval steel frame with solid steel clips hold the frame.

G Exam Desk

Size: H710 x W600 x D600mm

427 105 Beech 1 -24 each

427 106 Beech25 - 99 each

427 107 Beech100 - 499 each

427 108 Beech500+ each

Remember your options for your colour choices:

Exam Desk Trolley

Easy to use, this fully welded exam desk trolley holds 25 exam desks and can be wheeled from room to room. The trolley is mounted on rubber wheels, two lockable, and is designed to be pushed from either end.

H Exam Desk Trolley

Size: H995 x W1200 x D610mm

427 095 Choose frame colour each I Exam Pack

Exam desk trolley with 25 desks.

427 094 Beech each

Titan Folding Exam Desk

• Up to 50% lighter than traditional wooden-top exam desks

• Gra ti proof - easy wipe-clean tops

• Top manufactured from a one-piece, recyclable, injection-moulded polypropylene with pen groove

• Extra strong, oval, steel frame - complete with snapping lock mechanism that ensures the exam desk will not collapse

• Folds neatly away when not in use

• H 710 x W 600 x D 600mm

Blue 484 726 £44.48 each

Charcoal 483 793 £44.48 each

2 WK 5YR

Curve Design Study Carrel

4 WK 1 YR

Titan Exam Desk Trolley

• Holds up to 40 exam desks (600 x 600mm)

• Durable powder coated (EPC) scratch resistant steel frame

• Heavy duty castors for easy mobility around the school

• Exam desks also available - see 483 793 and 483 726

• H 473 x W 1267 x D 600mm handle to handle is 2140mm 484 727 £256.55 each

2 WK 5YR

Folio Study Carrel Single

• 18mm solid MDF with a 2mm impact resistant edging

• 18mm solid MDF with a powder coated steel frame

• Choice of carcass and backboard colour ﬁnishes

• Perfect for individual learning

• Can reduce distractions

• Delivered fully assembled

• H 1220 x D 700mm. Desk height 760mm.

Single - W 700mm 424 804

£254.64 each

Double - W 1400mm 424 807 £335.47 each

Remember to choose your colour themes:

• Great for individual learning

• Aids concentration

• Available with a choice of edge coloursbeech, red, blue, green, yellow or plum

• Delivered fully assembled

• H 1200 x W 750mm x D 680mm. Desk height 700mm 424 763 £218.08 each

MapleBeech Oak Grey White Red

Powder Blue

Ja a Lilac Lime Plum

4 WK 1 YR

4 WK 5YR

Square Frame Study Carrel

• 25mm square frame study carrel

• Features top shelf for extra space

• H 600 x D 600mm W 800mm 429 012 £144.88 each W 1000mm 429 013

4 WK 5YR

Height Adjustable Study Carrel

• Ideal for individual study

• Manual adjustment with crank handle

• Requires some self assembly

• D 600mm

W 800mm 429 994 £409.87 each

W 1000mm 429 995 £446.16 each

W 1200mm 429 996 £468.46 each

W 1400mm 429 997 £502.50 each

4 WK 5YR

Round Frame Study

Carrel

• Sturdy 32mm chunky frame study carrel

• Features top shelf for extra space

• H 600 x D 600mm

W 800mm 429 008 £165.94 each

W 1000mm 429 009 £187.86 each

W 1200mm 429 010 £206.17 each

W 1400mm 429 011 £254.59 each

4 WK 5YR

Electric Height Adjustable Study Carrel

• Create an isolated workspace for users, increasing privacy and concentration

• Electric adjustment

• Requires some self assembly

• D 600mm

W 800mm 428 899 £831.58 each

W 1000mm 428 900 £857.26 each W 1200mm 428 901 £877.96 each W 1400mm 428 902

Remember your options or your fabric choices:

Mobile Folding Tables & Benches

Mobile folding tables and benches make it quick and effortless to convert multi-use halls into dining areas without the need for heavy lifting.

•Designed for heavy use in an education setting

•Optimises use of space for maximum ﬂexibility

•Laminated table top with tough edging and MDF core (water resistant and easy-clean)

•Transport and storage positions

•Choice of two heights primary and secondary (16 seat primary only and Primo secondary only)

•Fits through standard doorway 1980mm

•Heavy-duty locking castors

•16 year warranty on welds and mechanism

•Free Gold Service Delivery

A 12 Seat Primo Rectangular Table

• Designed for use in secondary, higher and further education establishments

• 50mm thick laminated table top

• 3 seat options to choose from

• Adult table height 767mm for secondary use

Dimensions: H767 x W3080 x D1500mm

White Gloss Primo Table

509 643 Stool each

509 642 Seat each

427 150 Full Back each

Black Gloss Primo Table

509 645 Stool each

509 644 Seat each

427 149 Full Back each

Moderno Oak Primo Table

509 647 Stool each

509 646 Seat each

427 151 Full Back each

A

B Convertible Bench Unit

• Versatile bench unit ideal for auditorium-style seating and classroom use

• Perfect for dining use when two units are joined together

• Each bench seats between 4–6 children

• 14 table top colours to choose from

503 616 Primary: H685 x W2435 x D730mm each

503 617 Secondary: H735 x W2435 x D730mm each

C Mobile Folding Bench Unit

•Open position safety lock (to ensure table does not revert to folding position)

•Easy-clean intermediate lock for improved hygiene

•14 table top colours to choose from

484 317 Primary: H685 x W3080 x D1400mm each

487 698 Secondary: H735 x W3080 x D1400mm each

Space Planning & Gold Service Delivery

Seat Primo

White Gloss with Seat

Cafeteria Conﬁguration

•

Zown Folding Tables

New and improved range of compact, lightweight tables that fold away for easy storage. Durable all weather, wipe clean, stain and chip resistant one-piece moulded tops.

Strong and durable steel underframes and sturdy steels legs with cross braces and locking rings. Tables hold up to 115kg

Height 743mm. 100% pure HDPE not mixed

A Rectangular Folding Tables

427 227 W1220 x D610mm 12kg

427 228 W1530 x D760mm 13kg

427 229 W1830 x D760mm 13.6kg

B Circular Folding Tables

427 230 1530mm Dia. 12kg

427 231 1220mm Dia. 13kg

C Cocktail Table

429 518 H110 x Dia. 81.3mm. 8.4kg

D Square Folding Table

427 408 W914 x D914mm. 12kg

E Fold-in-Half Rectangular Table

427 233 H740 x W1830 x D760mm 15.4kg (open) H90 x W915 x D750mm (Folded)

F Height Adjustable Folding Table

427 232 H740-940 x W1830 x D760mm 15.4kg

G Universal Table Trolley

427 234 H1830 x W1550 x D850mm

The Universal Table Trolley stores 8 x 1530mm circular tables, 12 x 1220mm circular tables or 12 x rectangular tables

H Folding Chair

427 235 SH440 x H877 x W451 x D850mm

New improved range

Ergonomic design, for those seated at the end of the table

automatic sliding rings to prevent undesired folding and manual lock for extra stability

Tables can be connected using the Transverse and longitudinal table joining system on underside

Integrated foot pads

Piston-assisted folding mechanism

Front leg caps especially designed to guarantee safe and stable stackability

The perforated top gives breathability to the seat and back. It also facilitates drainage in case of rain

Contour25 Folding Tables

*915(L) x 610mm(W)

*915(L) x 685mm(W)

The UK’s favourite folding tables

•Protective corners

•Strong & lightweight

*915(L) x 760mm(W)

1220(L) x 610mm(W)

1220(L) x 685mm(W)

1220(L) x 760mm(W)

1520(L) x 610mm(W)

1520(L) x 685mm(W)

1520(L) x 760mm(W)

473 242 473 244

473 245

1830(L) x 610mm(W)

1830(L) x 685mm(W)

1830(L) x 760mm(W)

* Not available in 760mm height

Contour25 Stacking Benches

•Tables fold flat for storage

Contour25 Plus Folding Tables

If you require an extra sturdy lightweight folding table, then Contour25 Plus is for you. This table features enhanced legs for added strength and stability.

*915(L) x 610mm(W)

*915(L) x 685mm(W)

*915(L) x 760mm(W)

1220(L) x 610mm(W)

1220(L) x 685mm(W)

1220(L) x 760mm(W)

1520(L) x 610mm(W)

1520(L) x 685mm(W)

1520(L) x 760mm(W)

1830(L) x 610mm(W)

1830(L) x 685mm(W)

1830(L) x 760mm(W)

* Not available in 760mm height

Round Folding Tables

Easy to fold and simple to store, these round folding tables can be used for many activities, including pre-school, dining, meetings and banqueting.

Robust yet light to handle, Contour25 stacking benches complement the Contour25 folding table range. Can be stacked up to ten high for storage and are a great choice for school dining.

1220(L) x

x 254mm(W)

This best selling folding table is ideal for any multi-purpose premises being exceptionally light yet strong and durable. A popular school dining table that can be simply folded away after use. Select your stacking bench height

Premier Folding Tables

With a strong counter-balanced top and a smart grey polyurethane edge, Premier folding tables are strong and durable and an excellent choice for dining, early years and meeting areas within the school. They work equally well for diverse activities offered and undertaken by community groups.

*915(L) x 610mm(W)

*915(L) x 685mm(W)

*915(L) x 760mm(W)

1220(L) x 610mm(W)

1220(L) x 685mm(W)

1220(L) x 760mm(W)

1520(L) x 610mm(W)

1520(L) x 685mm(W)

1520(L) x 760mm(W)

1830(L) x 610mm(W)

1830(L) x 685mm(W)

1830(L) x 760mm(W)

* Not available in 760mm height

£191.99

£199.53

£210.35

£219.09

£233.28

£232.93

£240.04

Premier Stacking Benches

Storage and Accessories

Designed with space in mind, Gopak trolleys are the ideal storage solution for Gopak folding tables. Safety features include storage straps and locking brake castors. Please check your door dimensions prior to order.

477 823

479 076

488 693

498 436

428 875

504 190

Large table trolley (holds up to 14 tables)

Small table trolley (holds up to 7 tables)

Round table trolley (holds 6 tables)

Bench Skate Set

Fastfold

Big Foot (pack of 4)

Strong and sturdy, these benches make a space saving alternative to traditional chairs, particularly in a dining room environment. Stacking up to 10 high for storage they complement the Premier folding table range.

497 054 497 055

1220(L) x 254mm(W)

1520(L) x 254mm(W)

428 875

The Fastfold tool is a time saving device to assist with the folding down of Economy, Contour25, Contour25 Plus and Premier folding tables.

504 190 Big foot prevents your tables & benches from sinking into soft ground outside and can also be used as floor protectors inside.

498 436

Move your stack of up to 8 Contour25 or Premier benches with ease using a bench skate set.

To order: 1 Select table or bench size 2 Choose height 3 Choose

Oak Teak Maple

Snow Grit

Acid Green Pea Green Azure

Ailsa Poppy Red Yellow

White

Fuchsia Orange Beech

MochaSage

Tuscany Mustard

• Perfect for regular use in Dining Rooms

• Easy to open and close then wheel away and store

• Supplied with 4 locking castors

• 5 year guarantee

• Solid 18mm MDF top with a high pressure laminate

• Supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey frame paint

• Smooth no-slam action

• Superb strength and stability

• Supplied 710mm high as standard with a Silver frame fnish

• Designed and constructed to withstand the demands of the modern school and offce

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• Supplied with locking castors

• 5 year guarantee

Rectangular 1200 x 600mm 429 632

Rectangular 1500 x 750mm 429 633

Rectangular 1600 x 800mm 429 634

Rectangular 1800 x 800mm 429 635

Circular

429 636 Circular

429 637

Designed for dynamic and adaptable workspaces, Scrum Flip-Top Table is a versatile solution for environments that demand flexibility. Its mobile design allows effortless repositioning, while the flip-top mechanism ensures easy nesting for compact storage. Crafted for durability, this table is ideal for use as both collaborative and cafeteria tables, adapting seamlessly to any space.

ShapeDimensions (mm)*

Rectangular 800x1200 432 583432 728

Circular 1200 432 584432 729

Semi-Circular 1200 432 585432 730

Trapezoidal 1200x600 432 586432 731

Lemon 1400 432 727432 732

Don’t forget your options:

5 year warranty on worksurfaces *More sizes available on request

Callero best sellers by Gratnells

A Gratnells MyBASE and MyBASE+

The Gratnells MyBASE is the latest learning and teaching aid from the Planning Learning Spaces team, part of the trusted Callero range and featured in the Gratnells Learning Rooms Collection. Developed in direct response to school needs, MyBASE is more than a desk - it’s a shift in how we think about learning spaces. Designed for mobility and ﬂexibility, it allows teachers to move freely, engage dynamically, and interact one-to-one, improving curriculum delivery and boosting student involvement. Its design fosters inclusion, with unobstructed sightlines empowering students with hearing di culties to lipread, connect, and stay engaged. Integrated Gratnells trays and storage solutions keep resources organised and accessible, maximising teaching time.

H930 x W524 x D566mm

colours (Please state colour when ordering units)

C Callero Plus Double

Double column unit supplied with Shallow or Deep Trays with StopSafe runners. Supplied with braked castors and feet. H1065 x W730 x D455mm

429 838 16 Shallow trays

429 839 16 Shallow trays Royal BlueEach

429 840 16 Shallow trays Flame RedEach

429 841 16 Shallow trays Grass GreenEach

429 842 16 Shallow trays Translucent Each

429 843 16 Shallow trays Jolly Lime Each

429 850 8 Deep trays Sunshine YellowEach

429 851 8 Deep trays Royal BlueEach

429 852 8 Deep trays Flame RedEach

429 853 8 Deep trays Grass Green Each

429 854 8 Deep trays TranslucentEach

429 855 8 Deep trays Jolly Lime Each

D Callero Plus Flat Shelf Lightweight Callero Treble Trolley ensures safe and easy movement. High handles, no sharp edges. Swift tray access maximises lesson time. Ample storage, ﬂexible solution, includes ﬂat shelves. H1065 x W1065 x D455mm

Dynamis Range by Gratnells

A Dynamis Low Single Frame

Silver frame with 2 braked castors and optional feet and 6 Shallow F1 trays. H725mm x W390 x D440mm

428

B Dynamis Low Double Frame Silver frame with 2 braked castors and optional feet and 12 Shallow Trays.

H725 x W735 x D440mm 428

The Dynamis collection o ers ﬂexible, cost-e ective storage solutions for any classroom. The collection is compatible with the iconic Gratnells tray range, providing high density static or manoeuvrable storage on a small footprint to maximise learning space. The Dynamis collection is now supplied with StopSafe runners which have a built-in stop for safety. The ABS runners can be individually replaced if needed and allow for more cost-e ective and sustainable ﬂat-pack shipping.

C Dynamis Low Treble Frame Silver frame with 2 braked castors and optional feet and 18 Shallow Trays. H725 x W1080 x D440mm

428

D Dynamis Mid Double Frame

Silver frame supplied with Shallow or Deep Trays with StopSaferunners. Supplied with castors and feet.

H935 x W735 x D440mm

Dynamis Tall Treble Unit with Shelves

frame with feet . 24 Shallow Trays and 3 shelves. H1715 x W1080 x D440mm

SCIENCERANGE

SCIENCE RANGE

by Gratnells

Gratnells

Ourtrolleysaretheperfectsolutionfortransportingequipmentand chemicalsbetweenpreproomsandlaboratories.Therecessedtopscanbe usedtodisplayresourcesordemonstrateexperimentsandareremovable foreasycleaning.

Our trolleys are the perfect solution for transporting equipment and chemicals between prep rooms and laboratories. The recessed tops can be used to display resources or demonstrate experiments and are removable for easy cleaning.

A Science Bench Height

Single Trolley

Gratnells Grey frame with 2 braked castors and 6 Shallow F1 trays.

H860 x W390 x D440mm 432

B Science Bench

Gratnells

with 2

C Science Bench Height

Treble Trolley

Gratnells Grey frame with 2 braked castors and 18 Shallow F1 trays.

H860 x W1075 x

At the centre of the education landscape for decades, our Science range continues to be discovered and enjoyed by new generations of users, allowing technicians and teachers to inspire the scientists of tomorrow.

Gratnells science frames compliment our trolley range o eringtheultimate solutionforstoringequipmentandchemicalsinpreproomsandchemical stores.Usingthesamerunnerandtraysystem,awiderangeofstorage combinationscanbecreatedtooptimiseanyspace.

Gratnells science frames compliment our trolley range o ering the ultimate solution for storing equipment and chemicals in prep rooms and chemical stores. Using the same runner and tray system, a wide range of storage combinations can be created to optimise any space.

Gratnells Grey frame with 51 Shallow F1 trays.

Science Tall Treble Frame

Gratnells Grey frame with 6 Shelves 3 Jumbo, 3 Deep & 18 Shallow F1 trays. H1850 x W1055 x D420mm

Callero makerspace, maker hub & ROVER

by Gratnells

429

A Callero Rover

The Gratnells Rover is tough and practical, designed to carry trays indoors and outdoors, over any terrain. Its lightweight, durable frame and large all-terrain wheels make this trolley ideal for forest schools, sports activities or transporting resources for afterschool clubs. A strap helps to secure trays and contents when in use. Provides teachers and learners with all they need, wherever it’s needed.

H1170 x W560 x D760mm

Children enjoy carrying out hands-on, practical tasks. Whether this be STEAM, art or another type of creative activity, children need to have adequate space and access to resources to allow them to successfully complete projects. Gratnells Makerspace range o ers ideal solutions for handson practical activities and storage.

B Callero MakerSpace

Gratnells has created an easily manoeuvrable MakerSpace o ering ultimate ﬂexibility. Helps collaboration and storage with 12 Shallow and 3 Deep Trays, inserts, hooks, and mini-bins. Promotes independent, student-led learning. Has StopSafe runners for safety. H1570 x W1090 (1065mm excluding Trays) x D455mm

Gratnells STEAM trolley has all the beneﬁts of the Callero range with additional organisational components, making it the perfect movable activity hub. Supplied with a range of Shallow and Deep trays, hooks, and mini-bins, it is ideal for storing small components and housing projects.The metal top gives learners additional work surface. Has StopSafe runners for safety

C Callero Steam Double

E Callero MakerHub

The MakerHub promotes collaboration in STEAM activities. It includes double sided magnetic whiteboards and deep trays for easy access. Ideal for group work and student presentations. Creates a ﬂexible teacher hub in the classroom. Has StopSafe runners for safety.

H1430mm x W730 x D455mm

D Callero Steam Treble

ORDER YOUR FURNITURE IN MAY FOR A SEPTEMBER DELIVERY

•Let us know if you are open during the holiday period

•Provide a mobile phone number & site contact

•Do not throw your old furniture away until your delivery has arrived

Trays & accessories

by Gratnells

Gratnells award wining trays are specially designed for schools and o er a robust and e ective solution to all your storage needs. Available in four di erent heights and with a range of additional accessories to choose from, these trays are fully compatible with the Gratnells storage system, as well as all other standard school furniture.

Gratnells range of organisational accessories prevent lost learning time and promote student independence.

A SortED

SortED is a high quality modular in tray divider system designed for busy primary school classrooms and STEAM activities. Removable 1/2, 1/4 and 1/8 dividers for a Gratnells Shallow Tray support a range of individual or group activities. For a Gratnells Deep Tray two layers of division are possible. BioCote Antimicrobial protection as standard. Supplied in a 52pc set, perfect for the full division of 8 Shallow or 4 Deep Trays.

B Plastic Tray Inserts

Stay organised with these handy inserts. Fit Shallow Trays only, supplied in packs of 6.

C Clip-on Lids

Translucent clip-on lids to o er more secure storage, ﬁts all four standard tray heights.

Empty Tray Storage Units

Our tray units are manufactured from 18mm FSC certiﬁed Beech or Maple MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Supplied fully assembled with strong non-marking shatterproof nylon castors (two with locking facility). Built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

Single & Double Storage Units

Triple & Quad Storage Units

429

Size: H1115 x W1030 x D453mm

Size: H1115 x W1342 x D453mm

429

Size: H739 x W1030 x D453mm

429 403 Beech each 429 404 Maple each Remember your options for your colour choices:

Premium Shallow Tray Units

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edging. All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a range of colours.

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Units come with Gratnells trays A choice of tray colours

Mobile units with lockable castors

Delivered fully assembled

Premium Single Tray Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

424 706 615mm High6 Trays

424 707 697mm High7 Trays

424 708 779mm High8 Trays

424 709 861mm High9 Trays

424 710 943mm High10 Trays

Premium Double Tray Units

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

424 711 615mm High12 Trays

424 712 697mm High14 Trays

424 713 779mm High16 Trays

424 714 861mm High18 Trays

424 715 943mm High20 Trays

Remember your

Premium Triple Tray Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

424 718 615mm High18 Trays

424 719 697mm High21 Trays

424 720 779mm High24 Trays

424 721 861mm High27 Trays

424 722 943mm High30 Trays

Premium Quad Tray Units

Width 1358mm x Depth 460mm

424 734 615mm High24 Trays

424 735 697mm High28 Trays

424 736 779mm High32 Trays

424 737 861mm High36 Trays

424 738 943mm High40 Trays

All

Premium Deep Tray Units

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edging. All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a range of colours.

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Units come with Gratnells trays

A choice of tray colours

Mobile units with lockable castors

Premium Single Column Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

428 033 615mm High3 Trays

428 034 779mm High4 Trays

428 035 1025mm High5 Trays

428 036 1189mm High6 Trays

Premium Double Column Units

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

428 037 615mm High6 Trays

428 038 779mm High8 Trays

428 039 1025mm High10 Trays

428 040 1189mm High12 Trays

Delivered fully assembled All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Premium Triple Column Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

428 041 615mm High9 Trays

427 537 779mm High12 Trays

428 042 1025mm High15 Trays

428 043 1189mm High18 Trays

Premium Quad Column Units

Width 1358mm x Depth 460mm

428 044 615mm High12 Trays

428 045 779mm High16 Trays

428 046 1025mm High20 Trays

428 047 1189mm High24 Trays

Premium Extra Deep Tray Units

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edging. All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a range of colours.

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Units come with Gratnells trays

A choice of tray colours

Mobile units with lockable castors

Delivered fully assembled

Premium Single Column Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

428 048 615mm High2 Trays

428 049 861mm High3 Trays

428 051 1107mm High4 Trays

Premium Triple Column Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

428 054 615mm High6 Trays

424 726 861mm High9 Trays

428 055 1107mm High12 Trays

Extra Deep Tray Triple Static Unit

424 724 1674mm High18 Trays

Premium Double Column Units

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

428 050 615mm High4 Trays

428 052 861mm High6 Trays

428 053 1107mm High8 Trays

Premium Quad Column Units

Width 1358mm x Depth 460mm

428 056 615mm High8 Trays

424 744 861mm High12 Trays

432 657 1107mm High16 Trays

in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Premium Jumbo Tray Units

All tray units are manufactured in an 18mm solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edging. All Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a range of colours.

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Units come with Gratnells trays

A choice of tray colours

Mobile units with lockable castors

Delivered fully assembled

Premium Single Column Units

Width 356mm x Depth 460mm

428

Premium Triple Column Units

Width 1024mm x Depth 460mm

428

Premium Double Column Units

Width 690mm x Depth 460mm

428

Premium Quad Column Units

Width 1107mm x Depth 460mm

Wooden Tray Units

• Choose from a wide range of storage tray unit sizes

• Unit supplied fully assembled with castors as standard

• The perfect storage solution for the modern classroom environment

• Supplied with an 18mm Beech MFC carcass

• Compatible with single trays (sold separately)

• 2 year guarantee

Monarch PremiumTM Range

The Premium Range™ provides a sleek, fitted furniture look from individual pieces. This range is available in contemporary White and Grey finishes where vibrant coloured trays can run smoothly on plastic Monarch Runners™. Manufactured from 18mm FSC certified MFC in either white or grey with 2mm ABS edging.

A 6 Single Tray Unit

Size: H617 x W363 x D475mm

428 316 Castors each

424 683 Plinth each

428 317 Castors & Doors each

424 684 Plinth & Doors each

D 16 Single Tray Unit

Size: H789 x W704 x D475mm

428 322 Castors each

424 689 Plinth each

428 323 Castors & Doors each

424 690 Plinth & Doors each

G 6 Single Tray Unit & 2

Adjustable Shelves

Size: H617 x W1045 x D475mm

428 331 Castors each

424 695 Plinth each

428 332 Castors & Doors each

424 696 Plinth & Doors each

Remember your options for your colour choices:

B 8 Single Tray Unit

Size: H789 x W363 x D475mm

428 318 Castors each

424 685 Plinth each

428 319 Castors & Doors each

424 686 Plinth & Doors each

E 18 Single Tray Unit

Size: H617 x W1045 x D475mm

428 324 Castors each

424 691 Plinth each

428 325 Castors & Doors each

424 692 Plinth & Doors each

H 8 Single Tray Unit & 2

Adjustable Shelves (Not Shown)

Size: H789 x W1045 x D475mm

428 329 Castors each

424 697 Plinth each

428 330 Castors & Doors each

424 698 Plinth & Doors each

C 12 Single Tray Unit

Size: H617 x W704 x D475mm

428 320 Castors each

424 687 Plinth each

428 321 Castors & Doors each

424 688 Plinth & Doors each

F 24 Single Tray Unit

Size: H789 x W1045 x D475mm

428 326 Castors each

424 693 Plinth each

428 327 Castors & Doors each

424 694 Plinth & Doors each

I 21 Single Tray Storage Cupboard and 2 Adjustable Shelves

Not available with castors or without door

Size: H1818 x W1045 x D475mm

428 328 Plinth & Doors each

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 779 x W 861 x D 460mm

429 114

6WK 10YR

£231.81each

10 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

•4 jumbo and 6 deep trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 779 x W 1358 x D 460mm

429 115

6WK 10YR

£379.98each

14 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

•8 deep and 6 extra deep trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 861 x D 1358 x D 460mm

429 112

£437.96each

Remember to choose your tray colours:

Remember to choose your colour themes:

10 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

•6 deep and 4 extra deep trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 615 x W 1358 x D 460mm

432 208

£348.05each

6WK 10YR

14 Tray Combination Triple Column Unit

•8 shallow, 4 deep and 2 jumbo trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 779 x W 1024 x D 460mm

429 111

£389.28each

6WK 10YR

25 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

•4 deep 18 shallow and 3 extra deep trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 861 x D 1358 x D 460mm

429 113

£486.99each

Maple Beech Oak Grey White

Blue Pink Red Yellow GreenPurple OrangeCyan Lime Clear Light Grey

6WK 10YR

9 Tray Combination Triple Column Unit

•3 shallow, 3 deep and 3 jumbo trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 697 x W 1024 x D 460mm

429 107

£315.23each

6WK 10YR

12 Tray Combination Quad Unit

•4 shallow, 4 deep and 4 jumbo trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 697 x W 1358 x D 460mm

429 108

6WK 10YR

12 Tray Combination Triple Column Unit

•3 shallow, 3 deep, 3 extra deep and 3 jumbo trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 943 x W 1024 x D 460mm

429 109

£404.75each

£416.30each

6WK 10YR

16 Tray Combination Quad Column Unit

•4 shallow, 4 deep, 4 extra deep and 4 jumbo trays

•Supplied with Gratnells trays

•H 943 x W 1358 x D 460mm

429 110

£468.06each

Premium Tray Cupboards

Premium versatile cupboards made from 18mm solid wood MDF

Gratnells trays are included in the price and available in a range of colours

All units are fully assembled and ready to use

Premium 36 Tray Cupboard

•1 adjustable shelf

•H 1674 x W 1024 x D 460mm

• No Doors

427 533

• Non-locking Doors

429 543

£527.65each

£739.10each

Premium 40 Tray Cupboard

•H 1831 x W 690 x D 460mm

• No Doors

429 544

• Non-locking Doors

427 534

£601.08each

£531.95each

4 WK 10YR

Premium 24 Tray Half Cupboard

•Four compartment cupboard at the top

with 24 shallow trays at the bottom

•H 1510 x W 1204 x D 460mm

• No Doors

429 104

• Half Doors

£515.81each

•Locking doors over shelves only

429 105

• Non-locking Doors

432 306

• Locking Doors

429 106

£567.27each

£522.12each

£618.72each

Remember to choose your tray colours:

Remember to choose your colour themes:

Maple Beech Oak Grey White

Blue Pink Red Yellow GreenPurple OrangeCyan Lime Clear Light Grey

If the conﬁguration or door style you need isn’t listed, contact Customer Services and we’ll ﬁnd the right solution for you

Premium 21 Tray Cupboard

•2 adjustable shelves

•H 1838 x W 1024 x D 480mm

• Non-locking Doors

424 732

• Locking Doors

432 147

£584.94each

£608.18each

Premium 20 Tray Cupboard

•1 ﬁxed and 4 adjustable shelves

•H 1838 x W 1024 x D 480mm

•Non-locking Doors 424 727

£583.86each

Remember to choose your tray colours:

Remember to choose your colour themes:

Premium 60 Tray Cupboard

•H 1831 x W 1024 x D 460mm

• No Doors

545

• Locking Doors

536

Maple Beech Oak Grey White

Blue Pink Red Yellow GreenPurple OrangeCyan Lime Clear Light Grey

Premium Bookcases

The Britannia Bookcase Range is manufactured in 18mm, solid wood MDF with a bump resistant matching edge. All bookcases have fully adjustable shelves & are available in 4 heights. Delivered fully assembled.

H900mm Bookcase W400mm x D300mm

H900mm Bookcase

H1200mm Bookcase W400mm x D300mm

Bookcase

H1500mm Bookcase W400mm x D300mm

Bookcase

H1800mm Bookcase W400mm x D300mm

Bookcase

All units available in 3 wood colours plus grey & white

Premium Quality Cupboards

Manufactured from 18mm solid MDF

Choose from 5 MDF wood finishes

Lockable doors

10 years manufacturer’s warranty

Delivered fully assembled

A. 1 x fixed & 2 adjustable shelves H1200mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 529 Static

B. 1 x fixed & 2 adjustable shelves H1500mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 528 Static

D. 1 x adjustable shelf H600mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 532 Static 428 062 Mobile

E. 1 x adjustable shelf H900mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 530 Static

428 064 Mobile

C. 1 x fixed & 4 adjustable shelves H1800mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 527 Static

F. 1 x adjustable shelf H750mm x W1000mm x D480mm

427 531 Static

428 063 Mobile

Bookcase Range

Our bookcases are manufactured from 18mm FSC certiﬁed Beech, Maple or white MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Supplied fully assembled. Built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

A Open Bookcase with 2 Adjustable Shelves

Size: H750 x W900 x D320mm

423 047 Beech each

423 048 Maple each

423 049 White each

D Open Bookcase with 1 Fixed and 2 Adjustable Shelves

Size: H1250 x W900 x D320mm

423 053 Beech each

423 054 Maple each

423 055 White each

B Open Bookcase with 1 Adjustable Shelves

Size: H900 x W900 x D320mm

429 421 Beech each

429 422 Maple each 429 423 White each

E Open Bookcase with 1 Fixed and 2 Adjustable Shelves Size: H1500 x W900 x D320mm

423 056 Beech each

423 057 Maple each 423 058 White each

C Open Bookcase with 2 Adjustable Shelves

Size: H1000 x W900 x D320mm

423 050 Beech each

423 051 Maple each

423 052 White each

F Open Bookcase with 1 Fixed and 4

Adjustable Shelves

Size: H1800 x W900 x D320mm

423 059 Beech each

423 060 Maple each 423 061 White each

Filing and Storage

Constructed from tough corrugated board, these robust and easy to assemble fling modules are designed to protect fles.

A Literature Sor ter

10 pigeon holes for A4 or foolscap documents. Can be safely stacked up to 3 tiers high.

Size: H385 x W585 x D330mm.

550 009 Oyster

B School Book Browser

Face on display (up to 200mm wide) Store materials in a colour coded system. Assorted pack of 12, three each of red, yellow, green and blue.

Size: H150 x W210 x D240mm.

550 061

Pack of 12

C Curriculum Coloured Filing Boxes

Designed to hold A4 or foolscap documents.

Size: H355 x W85 x D280mm.

550 022 Assorted Colours

D Primar y Filing Boxes

E Pack of 6 Pack of 11

Designed with the curriculum in mind. Create your own colour coded filing system. Designed to hold A4 or Foolscap documents.

Size: H355 x W85 x D280mm

781 338

E Wallet Store

Organise and fle A4 and foolscap documents.

Size: H250 x W370 x D170mm.

550 063 Red Pack of 4

Tray Cupboard Units & Cupboards

Our cupboards are manufactured from 18mm FSC certiﬁed Beech, Maple or white MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Supplied fully assembled with lockable doors and adjustable shelves. Built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability, and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

C 36 Tray Cupboard

Size: H1376 x W1022 x D453mm

Beech each 429 413 Maple each

414 White each

F Stock Cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves

Size: H768 x W1024 x D477mm

423 062 Beech each

423 063 Maple each

423 064 White each

I Stock Cupboard with 1 Fixed & 2 Adjustment Shelves

Size: H1268 x W1024 x D477mm

423 068 Beech each

423 069 Maple each

423 070 White each

076

each

SEND Range

Our NEW SEND range has been developed to meet the storage needs for this specialised learning environment. Manufactured from 18mm Grey MFC. Black plastic handles are utilised for a safer environment and assist children with impaired vision. Mobile units are supplied with strong nonmarking shatterproof nylon castors (two with locking facility). All with a load capacity of 20kg with a twin wheeled and hooded construction. Engineered to ﬁt to a reinforced steel plate ﬁxed to the underside of the unit for better performance and greater durability!

451 Grey

453 Grey

Remember your options for your colour choices:

A Sloping tray mobile unit semi enclosed

Size: H1387 x W1387 x D500mm

C 18 single tray mobile unit

Size: H580 x W1046 x D500mm

E 24 single tray mobile unit

Size: H580 x W1387 x D500mm

B Sloping tray mobile unit with doors

Size: H900 x W1387 x D500mm

D 18 single tray mobile unit with doors Size: H580 x W1046 x D520mm

F 24 single tray mobile unit with doors

Size: H580 x W1387 x D520mm

SEND Range

G 10 compartment bag storage unit

Size: H1870 x W800 x D400mm

432 455 Grey each

I 12 compartment bag storage unit with doors

Size: H1870 x W1200 x D520mm

432 457 Grey each

K 28 compartment pigeon hole unit

Size: H1870 x W1070 x D450mm

432 459 Grey each

Remember your options for your colour choices:

H 10 compartment bag storage unit with doors

Size: H1870 x W1000 x D520mm

432 456 Grey each

J 12 compartment bag storage unit

Size: H1870 x W1200 x D500mm

432 458 Grey each

L High 24 single tray mobile unit with lower shelves and full doors

Size: H1500 x W1046 x D520mm

432 460 Grey each

M Teachers caddy with lockable top and doors

Size: H1143 x W600 x D600mm 432 461 Grey each

Premium Paper Storage

Paper Storage Waterfall

H1360mm x W1006mm x D685mm

429 600

£1331.47

Fixed Shelf

A2 Paper Storage

W542mm x D705mm

424 751 H706mm5 Shelf

424 752 H1347mm10 Shelf

Delivered fully assembled Fitted with locking castors Static units available on request

A1 Mobile Planchest

Metal handles & runners

W1010mm x D705mm

424 745 H706mm5 Drw

424 746 H867mm6 Drw

424 747 H1107mm 8 Drw

424 748 H1347mm10 Drw

Fixed Shelf A4 or A3

Paper Storage

A4: W260mm x D335mm

A3: W350mm x D460mm

428 065 H706mm5 Sh A4

428 066 H1347mm 10 ShA4

424 753 H706mm5 Sh A3

424 754 H1347mm 10 ShA3

Fixed Shelf A1 Paper Storage

W1010mm x D705mm

424 749 H706mm5 Sh

424 750 H1347mm10 Sh

W1010mm x D705mm or

Fitted with metal runners

Delivered fully assembled Fitted with locking castors

Sliding Shelf A1 Paper Storage

429 546 H706mm5 Sh

429 547 H867mm6 Sh

429 548 H1107mm 8 Sh

429 549 H1347mm 10 Sh

The Cupboard Wall

•The Cupboard Wall provides the ideal storage solution

•There are 4 top cupboards, 4 middle cupboards & 4 ﬂoor cupboards

•18mm MDF wood available in ﬁve ﬁnishes

•H 2100 x W 4080 x D 480mm

429 117

£3867.86each

The Storage Wall with 72 Trays

•The Storage Wall provides a variety of storage solutions & includes 4 top cupboards, two middle cupboards, two middle tray units, two ﬂoor cupboards & two ﬂoor standing tray units

•This unit comes with 24 Gratnells deep trays & 48 Gratnells shallow trays in a variety of colour options

•18mm MDF wood available in ﬁve ﬁnishes

•Your storage wall can be colour coordinated to your surroundings

•Option of additional locks if required, for security and safe-keeping

•H 2100 x W 4080 x D 480mm

429 116

• Professional installation

427 744

£4018.54each

£852.18each

Remember to choose your tray colours:

Remember to choose your colour themes:

6WK 10YR

Maple Beech Oak Grey White

Blue Pink Red Yellow GreenPurple OrangeCyan Lime Clear Light Grey

Teaching Walls

The Teaching Wall is designed for teachers in busy classrooms by creatng an ordered room with storage space. Modular in its assembly, this teaching wall can be made into any required confguraton.

• Made from 18mm solid MDF, with a 10-year guarantee

• Supplied with 24 deep or 48 shallow Gratnells storage trays

• Generous cupboard and shelving storage

• Central area of focus that can house an interactve whiteboard (whiteboard not supplied)

• 2 sliding, sof-close, whiteboard doors

• Incorporated desk with a removable back panel inside a low cupboard for access to data and power ports

Bespoke sizes can also be easily made, please contact us to discuss your requirements. Talk to your local representatve to discuss bespoke sizes & colour requirements.

2 Metre Teaching Walls

2m Wide Teaching Wall

H2100mm x W2084mm x D600mm

432 659 non-locking

432 660 locking

3 Metre Teaching Walls

3m Wide Teaching Wall

H2100mm x W3120mm x D600mm

432 664 non-locking

432 665 locking

Installation per wall (if required)

2m Wide Teaching Wall With Trays

H2100mm x W2084mm x D600mm

432 661 non-locking

3m Wide Teaching Wall with Trays

H2100mm x W3120mm x D600mm

432 666 non-locking

432 667 locking

Please con rm this before ordering as this may vary depending on your location.

Note: Screens not included and installation of screens not included

427 744 Installation incl. travelling

Remember your options and your tray colours:

2m Wide Cupboard Wall

H2100mm x W2084mm x D600mm

432 662 non-locking

432 663 locking

3m Wide Wall with Sliding Doors H2100mm x W3120mm x D600mm

432 668 non-locking

432 669 locking

4 Metre Teaching Walls

4m Wide The Learning Wall

H2100mm x W4132mm x D600mm

432 670 non-locking

432 671 locking

4m Wide with Cupboards &Trays

H2100mm x W4132mm x D600mm

432 672 non-locking

432 673 locking

5 Metre Teaching Walls

4m Wide OneStore 1.0

H2100mm x W4000mm x D600mm

427 740 non-locking

427 741 locking

4m Wide Wall with Sliding Doors

H2100mm x W4132mm x D600mm

432 674 non-locking

432 675 locking

5m Wide OneStore 1.0

H2100mm x W5000mm x D600mm

427 742 non-locking

427 743 locking

4m Wide OneStore 2.0

H2100mm x W4000mm x D600mm

427 738 non-locking

427 739 locking

4m Wide with Trays H2100mm x W4132mm x D600mm

432 797 non-locking

5m Wide Teaching Wall with Desk H2100mm x W5000mm x D600mm

432 676 non-locking 432 677 locking

KubbyClass® Library

KubbyClass® library furniture is a superior quality range of furniture that is manufactured in a solid wood 18mm MDF and delivered fully assembled. Featuring safety shelves that can’t be removed by accident, rounded corners for safe play and available in Maple with a range of 12 bright and modern colour accents. Supported by a full 10 year guarantee. Need help designing your own library? Then contact us for further details. We can create the best reading environment for your budget. Contact us for wood samples.

KubbyClass® 750mm Wide Bookcase W750 x D350mm

509 712 H750mm

509 713 H1000mm

509 714 H1250mm

509 715 H1500mm

509 716 H1750mm

509 717 H2000mm

KubbyClass® Double Sided Bookcase W750mm x D676mm

509 736 H750mm

KubbyClass® Library End Bookcases Lef or Right Units W350mm x D350mm £321.99 £348.95

509 737 H1000mm

509 738 H1250mm

509 739 H1500mm

509 740 H1750mm

509 741 H2000mm

KubbyClass® Slimline Bookcase W500mm x D350mm

509 718 H750mm

509 719 H1000mm

509 720 H1250mm

509 721 H1500mm

509 722 H1750mm

509 723 H2000mm

KubbyClass® D-End Cap Bookcase W676mm x D350mm

509 742 H750mm

509 743 H1000mm

509 744 H1250mm

509 745 H1500mm

509 746 H1750mm

509 747 H2000mm

509 730 Left H750mm

509 724 Right H750mm

509 731 Left H1000mm

509 725 Right H1000mm

509 732 Left H1250mm

509 726 Right H1250mm

509 733 Left H1500mm

509 727 Right H1500mm

509 734 Left H1750mm

509 728 Right H1750mm

509 735 Left H2000mm

509 729 Right H2000mm

KubbyClass® Internal Corner Bookcase W600mm x D600mm

429 550 H750mm

429 551 H1000mm

429 552 H1250mm

429 553 H1500mm

429 554 H1750mm

429 555 H2000mm

KubbyClass® Book Browsers

H720mm x W400/ 750mm x D500mm

429 565 A. Single Book Browser

427 885 B. Double Book Browser

KubbyClass® Double Sided Bookcase Island with Centre Seat

W2500mm x D2500mm

3 x double sided bookcases, 2 x end cap bookcases and 1 x centre seat

429 560 750mm High

429 561 1000mm High

429 562 1250mm High

429 563 1500mm High

KubbyClass® Tree Island

H1800mm x W1000mm - Seat: H400mm

429 601 C. Square 1m Square

427 752 D. Round 1m Diameter

KubbyClass® Display & Browse with Seatng

H1250mm x W2250mm x D350mm

3 x MDF bookcases, 2 x roll out book boxes, 2 x angled display shelves, 6 bean pod seats.

Choose seat colour

KubbyClass® Double Tree Bench

H1800mm x W1000mm - Seat: H400mm

429 564 E. Double Tree Bench

£1515.40

£1715.32

£1931.22

£2131.13

427 748 Includes seating

KubbyClass® Junior Curved Bookcases W1200mm x D676mm

428 067 750mm High

428 068 1000mm High

428 069 1250mm High

428 070 1500mm High

KubbyClass® Reading Bench Set

H750mm x W2734mm x D350mm

2 x 750mm bookcases, 1 x reading bench with seat pad, 3 x soft cube seats.

427 754 Reading Bench Set

£1064.99

Choice of vinyl colours for items C, D, E & J

Choice of theme colours for all units

Choice of fabric colours for item G Choose your fabric colours:

Choose seat colour

KubbyClass® Reading Nook H1500mm x W1000mm x D676mm

509 761 Reading Nook

509 762 Seat Pad

509 763 Back Pad

£717.35

£96.98

KubbyClass® Reading Corner Set

H500mm x W1700mm x D1700mm

427 753 with vinyl seating

429 567 without seating

KubbyClass® Display & Browse Set H1250mm x W2250mm x D350mm

3 x MDF bookcases, 2 x roll out book boxes, 2 x angled display shelves

429 568 Display & Browse Set

KubbyClass® Double Hideaway Nook Set

H1250mm x W2100mm x D676mm

1 x double hideaway nook, 2 x end cap bookcases and 1 x floormat

427 745 Double Nook Set

KubbyClass® Single Hideaway Nook Set H1250mm x W1700mm x D676mm

1 x single hideaway nook, 2 x end cap bookcases and 1 x floormat

427 746 Single Nook Set

KubbyClass® Reading Nook Set H1500mm x W2700mm x D676mm

1 x reading nook with seat & back pad, 2 x slimline bookcases, 2 x corner bookcases

427 747 Reading Nook Set

Book Trolleys

150Kg UDL Capacity Book Trolleys

•Single and double sided book trolleys suitable for use within libraries, classrooms, laboratories etc.

•Single sided units are produced with at shelves, double sided units have angled shelves.

•Available with two or three tiers.

•Strong and robust all steel construction.

•150Kg uniformly distributed load (U.D.L.) capacity.

•Shelves are nished in a cream epoxy powder coat with a choice of four frame colours: blue, red, green or yellow.

•Each trolley is tted with four 100mm diameter swivel castors and grey non-marking tyres.

Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Heights (mm)

A.Two Tier Double Sided940 x 840 x 470185 / 655 508817508818508819508820

B.Three Tier Double Sided1265 x 840 x 470185 / 600 / 1020 508825508826508827508828

C.Two Tier Single Sided940 x 840 x 390185 / 580 508813508814508815508816

D.Three Tier Single Sided1265 x 840 x 390185 / 540 / 895 508821508822508823508824

250Kg UDL Capacity Book Trolleys

•Double sided, heavy duty book trolley suitable for use within libraries, classrooms, laboratories etc.

•Strong and robust tubular steel frame construction with sheet steel angled shelves.

•Finished in a choice of four colours: Blue, Red, Green and Yellow.

•250Kg uniformly distributed load (U.D.L.) capacity.

•Each trolley is tted with four 125mm diameter swivel castors and non-marking tyres.

H x W x D (mm)

E.Three Tier Double Sided1115 x 880 x 550345 508829508830508831508832

KubbyClass® Space Library

A collecton of furniture that takes your library out of this world! KubbyClass® Space allows any school or library to easily revive children’s interest in reading by transforming your library into a magical space where children can explore, imagine, and learn.

The range ofers standard bookcases in Blue and Light Grey, along with key standout pieces; think Rocket Reading Nooks, celestal Hideaways and more!

Moon Single Hideaway Nook Set H1250 x W1700 x D676mm

432 678 Single

Mega Rocket Retreat 432 681

Space Bookcases

Single Sided: W750mm x D350mm Double Sided: W750mm x D676mm

684

432 686

H750 432 687

Space Double Hideaway Nook Set H1250 x W2100 x D676mm

432 679 Double

Space Central Archway Set Inlcudes 3x Double Sided Bookcases

432 680 Archway Set

Rocket Reading Nook H1500 x W1000 x D676mm 432 683

Space Archway H1500 x W1000 x D676mm

Space End Shelving D End Cap: W676 x D350mm

Blanking Unit: W676 x D350mm

432 688 Internal H750 432 689 Internal H1500

432 690 External H750

H1500 Space Corner Bookcases

432 691 External H1500

432 692 D End H750

432 693 D End H1500

432 694 Blank H750

432 695 Blank H1500

KubbyClass® Woodland Library

Create an immersive woodland experience for your young readers! Our brand new KubbyClass® Woodland Library furniture promotes a calming environment for children to enjoy.

Stll our same superior quality, re imagined in a sof green and oak colourway. Made from solid wood 18mm MDF and delivered fully assembled. Supported by a full 10 year guarantee.

Woodland Display Spinners W450 x D450mm

432 696 Low Base H940

432 697 Tall H1250

Woodland Library Seat H1500 x W1000 x D350mm

432 702

Woodland Bookcases

£715.50

Single Sided: W750mm x D350mm

Double Sided: W750mm x D676mm

432 705 Single H750

432 706 Single H1500

432 707 Double H750

432 708 Double H1500

Woodland Hideaway Nook H1250 x W1400/ 2100 x D676mm

432 698 Hideaway Only

432 699 With D- Ends

Woodland Reading Nook H1500 x W1000 x D676mm

432 703

Woodland Corner Bookcases

Internal Corner: W350 x D350mm

External Corner: W600 x D600mm

432 709 Internal H750

432 710 Internal H1500

432 711 External H750

432 712 External H1500

Woodland Tree Hollow H2440 x W2750/ 3300 x D975mm

432 700 Tree Hollow

432 701 With Bookcases

Woodland Archway H1500 x W1000 x D676mm

432 704

Woodland End Shelving D End Cap: W676 x D350mm

Blanking Unit: W676 x D350mm

432 713 D End H750

432 714 D End H1500

432 715 Blank H750

432 716 Blank H1500

A GO2+ Case - 6 Devices up to 15.6”

Size: H480 x W500 x D360mm

427 102 each

D Lyte 10 Multi Door - 10 Devices up to 15.6”

Size: H1010 x W540 x D525mm

509 252

E Lyte 16 Multi Door - 16 Devices up to 15.6”

Size: H1100 x W540 x D525mm (Not Shown)

509 249

B DeskCabby - 16 Devices up to 12.9”

Size: H355 x W535 x D403mm 427 103 each

F Lyte 10 Single Door - 10 Devices up to 15.6”

Size: H720 x W540 x D525mm

509 247

C LapCabby Essential - 36Devices up to 15.6” Size: H1140 x W660 x D580mm

G UniCabby 20H - 20 Devices up to 14”

Size: H1180 x W620 x D510mm

583

H UniCabby 32H - 32 Devices up to 14”

Size: H1010 x W950 x D510mm (Not Shown)

584 each

In Charge Laptop Charging Units

Students and teaching staff need never suffer a fat battery again. Laptop Charging Units not only provide secure storage for valuable laptops, PC tablets and notebooks but also in-built recharging facilities.

● Available in single, fve and ten door confgurations

● Doors and side panel are perforated for ventilation

● UKCA certifed

● All doors are independently earthed to the locker body

● Single three-pin socket ftted in each compartment

● Choice of door colours with ActiveCoat protection

● Specify door colour at time of order

IN CHARGE LAPTOP CHARGING UNITS

Power lead is supplied with ftted RCD plug

499 342 1800 x 450 x 450Single door with 10 sockets A

499 343 1800 x 450 x 45010 doors with 10 socketsB

499 344 930 x 450 x 4505 door with 5 sockets C

499 345 930 x 450 x 450Single door with 5 socketsN/A

Laptop Storage Lockers

● 15 compartment locker with 15 doors each with its own key-operated lock

● Single door locker version allows access to all 15 compartments under one key

● Both lockers store laptops WITHOUT carry cases

● Specify door colour at time of order

Remember your options: Specify door colour at time of order.

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

We have dedicated Account Managers visiting schools regularly to provide the best value for money on educational products and services.

We provide:

•Advice and support

•Savings reviews

•Product samples and recommendations

•No obligation price comparisons

•Product sourcing by our dedicated Buying Team

•No quibble returns

• No minimum order value for Free Delivery

Ultralight Staging System

When space is at a premium the Ultralight Staging System offers the perfect solution. With it’s lightweight aluminium construction Ultralight staging is extremely strong and durable.

The aluminium stage risers fold to just 2% of their open size with a minimal effort and adding the stage deck just requires the twist of an allen key.

Single Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground foor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

● Single Door Lockers 300mm and 450mm deep, ftted with hat shelf and double coat hook. Rail as standard on 450mm deep lockers.

Single Door Locker with Key Lock

-Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice £ 1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 735

Nest of 2 472 736

Nest of 3 472 737

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 738

Nest of 2 472 739

Nest of 3 472 740

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 472 741

Nest of 2 472 742

H x W x D

£71.26

£128.80

£188.30

£83.33

£148.42

£216.08

£101.79

£182.30

Single Door Locker with Padlock Fitting

-Padlock not supplied

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 534

Nest of 2 483 535

Nest of 3 483 536

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 537

Nest of 2 483 538

Nest of 3 483 539

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 540 Nest of 2 483 541

£71.26

£128.80

£188.30

£83.33

£148.42

£216.08

£101.79

£182.30

Remember your options: Specify door colour at time of

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Using our site survey service means you can speed up installation, prevent hazardous situations from occuring and reduce costs. The assessment includes looking at foor conditions, service ducting, column, door and window locations.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specifcation.

Our specialist ftters have the knowledge and expertise to complete installation work effciently and with the minimum of disruption to other site facilities. We ensure installations are completed within agreed time frames.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

Nest of 3

Nest of 2 Nest of 1

3Warranty YRS

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

*Pastel colours available to special order. please contact Customer Services for details.

Two Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground foor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

Remember your options: Specify door colour at time of order.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

● Two Door lockers ftted with double coat hook in each compartment.

Two Door Locker with Key Lock

-Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 743

Nest of 2 472 744

Nest of 3 472 745

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 746

Nest of 2 472 747

Nest of 3 472 748

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 472 749

Nest of 2 472 750

1800 x 300 x 300

Two Door Locker with Padlock Fitting

-Padlock not supplied

£79.74

£145.54

£213.74

£92.06

£165.72

£237.07

£110.80

£199.90

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specifcation.

A quotation is available on request. Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Nest of 1 483 542

Nest of 2 483 543

Nest of 3 483 544

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 545

Nest of 2 483 546

Nest of 3 483 547

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 548

Nest of 2 483 549

£79.74

£145.54

£213.74

£83.33

£165.72

£237.07

£110.80

£199.90

Available in nested cost-effective

units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

Nest of 1Nest of 2 Nest of 3

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Three Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground foor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

Three Door Locker with Key Lock -Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 751

Nest of 2 472 752

Nest of 3 472 753

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 754

Nest of 2 472 755

Nest of 3 472 756

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 550

Nest of 2 483 551

Three Door Locker with Padlock Fitting -Padlock not supplied

£96.04

£176.86

£255.03

£109.57

£199.25

£285.92

£127.00

£236.05

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 663

Nest of 2 483 552

Nest of 3 483 553

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 554

Nest of 2 483 555

Nest of 3 483 556

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 557

Nest of 2 483 558

£96.04

£176.86

£255.03

£109.57

£199.25

£285.92

£127.00

£236.05

Remember your options: Specify

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specifcation.

A quotation is available on request. Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

Nest of 1Nest of 2

Nest of 3

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Four Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground foor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

Four Door Locker with Key Lock -Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 757

Nest of 2 472 758

Nest of 3 472 759

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 760

Nest of 2 472 761

Nest of 3 472 762

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 559

Nest of 2 483 560

H x W x D

£104.10

£192.60

£278.06

£118.22

£216.08

£310.60

£137.44

£251.62

Four Door Locker with Padlock Fitting -Padlock not supplied

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 561

Nest of 2 483 562

Nest of 3 483 563

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 564

Nest of 2 483 565

Nest of 3 483 566

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 567

Nest of 2 483 568

£104.10

£192.60

£278.06

£118.22

£216.08

£310.60

£137.44

£251.62

Remember your options: Specify

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specifcation.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Nest of 1Nest of 2 Nest of 3

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Five Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground foor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

Five Door Locker with Key Lock

-Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 569

Nest of 2 483 570

Nest of 3 483 571

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 572

Nest of 2 483 573

Nest of 3 483 574

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 575

Nest of 2 483 576

H x W x D

£115.31

£214.50

£313.36

£130.72

£235.70

£343.49

£157.43

£283.54

Five Door Locker with Padlock Fitting -Padlock not supplied

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 577

Nest of 2 483 578

Nest of 3 483 579

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 580

Nest of 2 483 581

Nest of 3 483 582

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 583

Nest of 2 483 584

£115.31

£214.50

£313.36

£130.72

£235.70

£343.49

£157.43

£283.54

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specifcation.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

Remember your options: Specify

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Six Door Metal Lockers for Key Stage 3

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground foor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

Six Door Locker with Key Lock -Supplied with 2 keys

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 472 769

Nest of 2 472 770

Nest of 3 472 771

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 772

Nest of 2 472 773

Nest of 3 472 774

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 585

Nest of 2 483 586

£123.97

£236.40

£342.34

£139.05

£256.91

£378.72

£163.57

£305.08

Six Door Locker with Padlock Fitting -Padlock not supplied

H x W x D mmNestingCodePrice

1800 x 300 x 300 Nest of 1 483 664

Nest of 2 483 665

Nest of 3 483 666

1800 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 667

Nest of 2 483 668

Nest of 3 483 669

1800 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 670 Nest of 2 483 671

£123.97

£236.40

£342.34

£139.05

£256.91

£378.72

£163.57

£305.08

Remember your options: Specify

FREE site survey and design service

We provide a FREE OF CHARGE site survey, planning and design service to provide the most suitable products and storage solution for your requirements.

Correct installation is as important as correct product specifcation.

A quotation is available on request.

Please contact Customer Service to arrange a site survey.

Available in nested cost-effective units

Lockers can be supplied in multiple units, for cost-effective and easy selection, delivery and installation.

The latest DAD technology is used to create your design

Three-quarter height Lockers for Key Stage 2

At 1382mm high these lockers are easily accessible to the younger secondary school children.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Lockers supplied with Light Grey carcass as standard with choice of door colours (specify at time of order)

SINGLE DOOR LOCKER - Locker A

H x W x D mmNesting

1382 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 589

Nest of 2 508 033

Nest of 3 508 034

1382 x 380 x 450 Nest of 1 483 590

Nest of 2 508 035

1382 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 591

Nest of 2 508 036

THREE DOOR LOCKER - Locker B

H x W x D

1382 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 592

Nest of 2 508 037

Nest of 3 508 038

1382 x 380 x 450 Nest of 1 483 593

Nest of 2 508 039

1382 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 594

Delivery & Pricing

Single door locker has a fxed garment hanging rail with two coat hooks.

Lockers are ftted with a key lock as standard, supplied with 2 keys.

A padlock ftting (padlock not included) can be ftted as an alternative to a deadlock at no extra cost. Please specify at time of order.

Half height lockers can be supplied with sloping tops. These prevent litter being left on locker tops and makes their cleaning easier. Please call to fnd out more.

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground foor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

Cube Lockers

For secure, compact storage choose Cube lockers, in singles or groups. Cubes have equal height, width and depth allowing combined stacking of units on the foor or on support frames (available at extra cost).

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Colours: choice of ActiveCoat protected colours - see panel below.

Nest of 2 508 040 H x W x D

Nest of 1 498 040 380 x 380 x 380 Nest of 1 498 041 450 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 498 042

Half-height Lockers for Key Stage 1

At 896mm high these lockers are ideal for ftting runs below windows or creating storage space below work surfaces. With the same footprint as full height and three-quarter height lockers they can be mixed and matched as required to create a tailored storage solution.

● Choice of key-operated cam locks complete with 2 keys or padlock ftting (specify at time of order). Padlock not supplied.

● Colours: choice of ActiveCoat protected colours - see panel below.

SINGLE DOOR LOCKER - Locker A

H x W x D mmNesting

896 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 775

Nest of 2 508 041

Nest of 3 508 042

896 x 380 x 450 Nest of 1 472 776

Nest of 2 508 043

896 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 472 777

Nest of 2 508 044

TWO DOOR LOCKER - Locker B

H x W x D

896 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 472 778

Nest of 2 508 045

Nest of 3 508 046

896 x 380 x 450 Nest of 1 472 779

Nest of 2 508 047

896 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 472 780

Nest of 2 508 048

THREE DOOR LOCKER - Locker C

H x W x D mmNesting

896 x 300 x 450 Nest of 1 483 587

Nest of 2 508 049

Nest of 3 508 050

896 x 450 x 450 Nest of 1 483 588

Nest of 2 508 051

£193.75

£83.68

£152.88

£88.64

£159.94

Single door locker has a fxed garment hanging rail with two coat hooks. Anti-bacterial protection as standard

£87.63

£159.39 £233.68 £188.84

Lockers are ftted with a key lock as standard, supplied with 2 keys.

A padlock ftting (padlock not included) can be ftted as an alternative to a deadlock at no extra cost. Please specify at time of order.

Delivery & Pricing

All prices are inclusive of delivery, to a single location, ground foor, UK mainland. Installation available. Please contact us for details.

Half height lockers can be supplied with sloping tops. These prevent litter being left on locker tops and makes their cleaning easier. Please call to fnd out more.

A B C

Fittings for Lockers

498 047

498 048

498 054

498 049

498 050

498 051

498 052

483 672

498 053

483 673

483 674

483 675

483 676

483 677

483 678

Master Key, for standard deadlock

Replacement Key, for standard deadlock - provide lock number when ordering

Replacement standard deadlock with 2 off keys

Replacement Single Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Two Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Three Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Four Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Five Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Six Tier Door, 300mm wide

Replacement Single Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Two Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Three Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Four Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Five Tier Door, 450mm wide

Replacement Six Tier Door, 450mm wide

Specify size and door colour at time of order

Prices are for Standard Colour Doors only. For price on Pastel Colours please contact us.

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

Slope prevents litter being left on locker tops and makes their cleaning easier. Ideal for hygiene-sensitive locations. Factory-ftted item, order with lockers.

Steel frame raises lockers from the foor, to aid cleaning and reduce scuff damage. Frames are 150mm high with adjustable feet. Rear legs inset for clearance of skirting, pipe work etc.

Integrated seating and locker stand. 400mm high with wooden seating slats. Has adjustable foot cap. Nominal seat depth 300mm.

Locking Options

Butterfy Padlock

This locking mechanism requires a padlock (not supplied) to secure the compartment. This option offers greater fexibility than a deadlock as rather than assigning a locker and key to each individual, different compartments can be utilised by different users as and when required.

Coin/ Token Return This is an ideal lock type for situations where lockers have ‘shared’ users. The key is released when a coin or token is inserted, and after the key is returned and the door is reopened the coin or token is returned to the user.

Coin/ Token Keep Similarly to our Coin/Token Return Locks, the key is activated when coin or token is inserted and released once the door is shut and the lock is thrown. Once the key has been replaced and the door is reopened the key cannot be removed again unless a new coin or token is inserted. A box in each compartment collects all of the inserted coins or tokens. £7.22

Please note: When supplying your own padlocks it is recommended that padlocks with the following dimensions are used:

Min Max

Shackle Diameter (A) 6mm 7.5mm

Top Dimension (B) 19mm 25mm

Shackle Internal (C) 19mm 25mm

£24.59

£20.06

£18.03

We can also supply Laminate Door lockers. Contact us for details.

SLOPING TOPS FOR LOCKERS

Other types of locks are available to meet different needs. For further information on a particular lock please contact us.

Digital Combination

A simple-to-use, battery operated keyless lock which can be programmed for single or multiusers. It offers a high level of security, comparable to Mastered Combination Locks, but as a personal entry code can be set and changed by the user, the digital option gives even greater fexibility. A master key ensures supervisor access.

Magnetic Catch Lock Keyless operation ideal for primary schools where security is not an issue. Offers positive door closure. Handle ftted to outside of door.

Multi-User Combination Lock - four tumbler This solution is ideal for facilities where keys are not desirable. The lock can be reset whenever the locker is open allowing the combination number to be changed if required. Operator key for instant access and no fuss code reset.

Cupboards

All cupboards (except Large Volume) feature a handle designed for easier operation; allowing the door to close without the key. Three point locking as standard.

Three point locking as standard.

A versatile and robust range of steel cupboards providing secure storage in the workplace. Conforms to BS EN 14073:2004 (Parts 1, 2 &3) and BS EN 14074:2004.

● Cupboards have ActiveCoat protection to help manage the risk of cross-contamination in the workplace

● Shelves adjustable in 25mm increments (except cupboard F - 40mm)

● Vertical door stiffening for added strength

● High quality lock operating three point locking bars supplied with 2 keys

● Shelves are pierced to accept dividers - adjustable on 75mm horizontal pitch.

● Specify door colour at time of order

482 245 A 984 x 915 x 505

482 746 B1820 x 915 x 505

482 246 C 1820 x 915 x 505

482 247 D1820 x 615 x 505

482 248 E 1820 x 615 x 505

482 249 F 1830 x 1220 x 457

Fixed top shelf with coat rail and 2 intermediate adjustable shelves

Remember your options: Specify door colour at time of order.

Adjustable top shelf with coat rail

Anti-bacterial protection as standard

3 intermediate adjustable half shelves

Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards

Hazardous substances should be locked away in a secure facility when not in use. Our range of storage cabinets meet the regulatory requirements surrounding use of these materials.

● Built-in welded sump collects spillage

● Secure three-point locking

Supplied with three high visibility labels conforming to the GSH and CLP signage. Simply choose the right label for the type of substance being stored:

● Harmful materials

● Highly fammable

● Height-adjustable shelves to accommodate stored material

Flush ftting handle for easier operation, eliminates risk of snagging when handling potentially hazardous substances

In the event of spillage within the cupboard, it is recommended the sump is emptied by means of an appropriate pump and the contents disposed of correctly in accordance with the relevant waste management regulations.

● Corrosive materials

Premium Wooden Lockers

Single

Primary Wooden Lockers

Single door lockers tted with two indestructable coat pegs in a choice of colours.

Single door has Shelf & 2 x Coat Pegs Premium Bag Storage

Premium Benches & Cloakroom

in 3

Anti-bacterial coated steel frame in charcoal grey. All units are supplied with 4 foor fxing brackets.

Single Sided Cloakroom

427 718 W600mm x D355mm4 hooks

427 719 W900mm x D355mm7 hooks

427 720 W1200mm x D355mm9 hooks

427 721 W1500mm x D355mm12 hooks

Single Sided Cloakroom with Shoe Rack

427 722 W600mm x D355mm4 hooks

427 723 W900mm x D355mm7 hooks

427 724 W1200mm x D355mm9 hooks

427 725 W1500mm x D355mm12 hooks

Single Bench Choice of seat heights

427 702 W600mm x D355mm

427 703 W900mm x D355mm

427 704 W1200mm x D355mm

427 705 W1500mm x D355mm

Double Sided Cloakroom

427 726

W600mm x D660mm8 hooks

427 727 W900mm x D660mm14 hooks

427 728 W1200mm x D660mm18 hooks

427 729 W1500mm x D660mm24 hooks

Double Sided Cloakroom with Shoe Rack

427 730 W600mm x D660mm8 hooks

427 731 W900mm x D660mm14 hooks

427 732 W1200mm x D660mm18 hooks

427 733 W1500mm x D660mm24 hooks

Single Bench with Shoe Rack Choice of seat heights

427 706

W600mm x D355mm

427 707 W900mm x D355mm

427 708 W1200mm x D355mm

427 709 W1500mm x D355mm

Double Bench Choice of seat heights

427 710 W600mm x D660mm

427 711 W900mm x D660mm

427 712 W1200mm x D660mm

427 713 W1500mm x D660mm

Double Bench with Shoe Rack Choice of seat heights

427 714 W600mm x D660mm

427 715 W900mm x D660mm

427 716 W1200mm x D660mm

427 717

W1500mm x D660mm

Premium Coat Tidys

CHOICE OF 3 HEIGHTS 1700mm (11 to Adult) Seat H460mm

(8-11) Seat H380mm 1100mm (6-8) Seat H350mm Double Sided Coat Tidys - 600mm Deep

424 793 W600mm12 Hooks

424 794 W700mm14 Hooks

424 795 W800mm16 Hooks

424 796 W900mm18 Hooks

424 797 W1000mm20 Hooks

424 798 W1100mm22 Hooks

424 799 W1200mm24 Hooks

424 800 W1300mm26 Hooks

424 801 W1400mm28 Hooks

424 802 W1500mm30 Hooks

424 803 W1600mm32 Hooks

Single Sided Coat Tidys - 340mm Deep

424 782 W600mm6 Hooks

424 783 W700mm7 Hooks

424 784 W800mm8 Hooks

424 785 W900mm9 Hooks

424 786 W1000mm10 Hooks

424 787 W1100mm11 Hooks

424 788 W1200mm12 Hooks

424 789 W1300mm13 Hooks

424 790 W1400mm14 Hooks

424 791 W1500mm15 Hooks

424 792 W1600mm16 Hooks

Benches and Seating

A modern range of cloakroom equipment made in the UK, available with beech slats.

Easy to install, the range includes single and double sided benches, hook benches, wall mounted rails all with a host of options and accessories, including shoe baskets, ensuring you will fnd exactly what you are looking for. If you want further advice or different colour options simply phone and we will be happy to discuss this with you.

All cloakroom units have robust frames constructed from 50mm round, thick walled tubing with welded joints for increased strength and durability. They have antibacterial powder coating as standard.

Hook Benches

Grey hooks supplied as standard.

Beech Solid Timber Slats Sourced from sustainable forests.

Single or double sided hook bench with 5, 8, 10, 16 or 20 hooks. Available in fve frame colours with beech slats. ● Available in three bench sizes; Senior - H475mm, Junior - H400mm & Infant - 350mm, making these benches ideal for leisure and school cloakrooms

Single sided1000mm375mm5 429

Single sided1500mm375mm

Single sided2000mm375mm10

Double sided1000mm710mm10

Double sided1500mm710mm 16

Double sided2000mm710mm20

Free standing Benches

Single and double sided modern cloakroom benches with 5 frame colour options and beech slats to suit any cloakroom.

● Available in three bench sizes; Senior - H475mm, Junior - H400mm & Infant - 350mm, making these benches ideal for leisure and school cloakrooms.

Type WidthDepth CodePrice £CodePrice £CodePrice £

Single sided1000mm305mm 429 436 429 525429 537

Single sided1500mm305mm 429 437 429 526429 538

Single sided2000mm305mm 429 438 429 527429 539

Double sided1000mm710mm 429 439 429 528429 540

Double sided1500mm710mm 429 440429 529429 541

Double sided2000mm710mm 429 441 429 530429 542

Twin Shoe Baskets

Silver grey robust shoe baskets - 305mm in height.

● Fixings NOT included

● Can provide extra space by adding shoe baskets

Twin Shoe

Type

Single sided1000mm 2 429 442

Single sided1500mm3 429 443

Single sided2000mm4 429 444

Double sided1000mm4 429 445

Double sided1500mm 6 429 446

Double sided2000mm 8 429 447

429 519429 531

521429 533

522429 534

535

Single sided 1500mm wide bench

Wall Hook Strip

● Wall fxings NOT included ● Beech strip grey hooks.

Double sided

Double sided 2000mm wide hook bench

3Warranty YRS

6WK 10YR

KubbyClass® Locker

•These quality units are crafted to the highest standards using the best materials made from solid 18mm carcass and back panel

•The hinges allow the doors to open to a full 270 degrees, allowing plenty of access to the locker

•The metal nickel handles used on all doors are ﬂush-mounted for extra safety so that bag straps don’t get caught in busy corridors

•Available in maple base colour with bright and modern accent colours

•H 1500 x W 400 x D 320mm

• KubbyClass® Single Door Locker with Inset Handles

•Includes shelf and two indestructible coat pegs

429 101

£263.98each

• KubbyClass® Two Door Locker with Inset Handles

429 102

£289.27each

• KubbyClass® Three Door Locker with Inset Handles

429 103

£314.52each

4 WK 10YR

Carpeted Cloakroom Seat

•Cloakroom bench with carpeted seat

•Four storage compartments

•Supplied with four deep Gratnells trays

•H 440 x W 1395 x D 460mm

428 074

£382.27each

1 YR

Plastic Hooks

•Strong and safe hooks

•Smooth edges

•Rainbow colours: navy, red, yellow, orange, pink, purple, fern green, powder blue and sky blue

•55mm

•Pack of 10

485 018 £18.94pack

4 WK 10YR

Board Mounted Unbreakable Coat Hooks

•Easy to hang, wall-mounted coat hook board

•9 hook colours to choose from

•Wall ﬁxings not included

•H 150mm

•10 Hooks

•W 1000mm

428 071

•16 Hooks

•W 1600mm

428 072

•20 Hooks

•W 2000mm

428 073

£65.87each

£97.49each

£121.30each

4 WK 10YR

10 Hook Picture Rail

•Wall-mounted coat rack with 10 picture frame hooks

•Add pictures so children can easily identify the hook for their belongings

•Wall ﬁxings not included

•H 200 x W 1000mm

428 075

£90.90each

Maple Beech Powder Blue Red Plum Ja a Lilac

4 WK 10YR

16 Hook Double-sided Cloakroom Trolley

•Cloakroom trolley with 16 picture hooks (8 on each side)

•Add pictures so children can easily identify the hook for their belongings

•Includes storage

•W 915 x D 600mm

• 16 Hook Double-sided Cloakroom Trolley - H 1000mm 428 076

£365.03each

• 16 Hook Double-sided Cloakroom Trolley - H 1300mm 428 077

£377.67each

2 WK 5YR

Callero Cloakroom Silver Trolley

•The stylish and robust Callero Cloakroom Trolley features 32 double coat and bag hooks, at the right height for children to use themselves

•Combination of hooks and baskets to store coats, bags and shoes

•At the right height for students, encouraging independent activity

•Braked castors for easy transportation

•H 1175 x W 1065 x D 455mm

429 892

£475.18each

2 WK 5YR

Callero Lunchbox Silver Trolley

•Storing up to 30 lunchboxes, the Callero Lunchbox Trolley can be moved around the school throughout the day allowing children to store and collect their items

•Braked castors for easy transportation

•Can be used for other activities, including transporting sports equipment and outdoor learning resources between spaces

•H 1065 x W 1065 x D455mm

429 893

£440.72each

Monarch Lunch Box Trolleys

Ideal for any early years or primary environment, these trolleys are the perfect lunchbox storage solution! Available in 5 colour combinations and in a choice of 3 sizes with either 36, 42 or 72 box capacity. Manufactured using 25 x 25mm ERW steel tube, fully welded with an epoxy powder coated finish with Monarch Mircoprotect™ antimicrobial as standard. Each unit is fitted with heavy duty castors (two with locking facility). Each with a load capacity of 60kg. Shelves are manufactured from FSC Certified MFC.

A Monarch 36 Lunchbox

Metal Trolley

H1070 x W680 x D600mm

428 315 Metal each

B Monarch 42 Lunchbox

Metal Trolley

H1070 x W1300 x D350mm

428 314 Metal each

Remember your options for your colour choices:

2 WK

C Monarch 72 Lunchbox Wide

Metal Trolley

H1070 x W1300 x D600mm

428 313 Metal

Lunchbox Trolley

•Sturdy double-sided storage trolley holds approximately 40 lunch boxes •Strong welded steel frame trolley with large robust castors •H 1040 x W 810 x D 540mm

Lunchbox Trolley

trolley

Our trolleys are hand finished with fixing points reinforced for longevity. Mobile for sharing between classrooms.

Strong, sturdy trolleys designed for longevity and to manage the daily rigours of a busy school environment. All trolleys meet strength and stability BS5873 testing standard.

Suitable for up to 60 lunchboxes.

483 252 H1160 x W1215 x D740mm

Reinforced structure gives superior

All wooden trolleys are supplied with a metal label holder on the end panel to identify class or year

Suitable for up to 60 lunchboxes.

15 double coat/bag hooks each side to store 30 coats. Metal name-card holders for easy location and identiﬁcation of hooks. Large base storage shelf, ideal for shoes and bags with a centre divide.

432 145 H1140 x W1610 x D740mm

15 double coat or bag hooks each side, suitable for storing 30 coats.

Wooden Tuf 2™ Trolleys Range

1.Double Lunchbox Trolley - Beech

group.

Heavy duty castors, two of which are lockable for static use.

4.Classroom Cloakroom Trolley

3.Double Lunchbox Trolley

Metal Tuf™ Trolleys Range

strength, with blue and silver powder coated scratch resistant finish.

2. Cloakroom Trolley - Maple the

Basic Coat Stand

•Practical coat stand

•5 large garment friendly hooks

•5 smaller hooks for accessories

•Integral umbrella holder

•Steel tube with black powder coating

•Black

•H 1750 x Dia. 500mm 483 462

High Capacity Coat Stand

•Easy to assemble coat stand

•10 wide pegs

•Rotating crown

•H

x Dia.

Tree Coat Stand

•White steel and wood, Scandinavian style coat stand

•Weighted base for stability

•8 coat hooks

•Quick and easy assembly - no tools needed

•100% recyclable

•Compact packaged to reduce CO2 impact

•H 1750 x Dia. 355mm 432 134

Executive Chrome Coat Stand

•Chrome designer coat stand

•6 large garment friendly hooks and 6 small hooks, on a rotating crown for ease of access

•Weighted base for extra stability

•Integral umbrella holder with drip tray

•High quality chrome ﬁnish

•H 1750 x Dia. 405mm

O ce Coat Stand

Nahow Coat Stand with Umbrella Holder

•Coat stand with 6 pegs

•Wood stand with plastic hooks and base

•Weighted base with water retainer to catch drips

•H 1750 x Dia. 355mm

623

•Scandinavian-styled coat stand with a mix of materials (white steel and wood) for a natural feel

•Large capacity to hang clothes and accessories (6 coat pegs, 3 mini coat pegs)

•Smart umbrella holder (holds up to 6 umbrellas) with water retainer to catch drips

•Weighted base for extra stability (5kg)

•Quick and easy assembly without tools

•H 1750 x W 350mm

1 WK 1 YR

Telescopic Coat Rack

•Height adjustable coat rack with castors

•Adjustable height from 1030 to 1800mm

•Length 750mm rail holds up 20 hangers

•H 1030-1800 x W 820 x D 420mm

424 373

£48.28each

1 WK 1 YR

Box Mobile Clothes Rack

•Elegant Scandinavian style wood and white design

•Holds up to 30 garments or 40kg

•Mobile unit with 4 castors, 2 locking

•Overall H 1760 x W 1000 x 500mm 432 624 £178.58each 1

Smart Coat Rack

•High capacity coat rail with upper cross-bar bag rack

•The unit can hold up to 50 hangers/50kg

•Comes with 3 free hangers and 6 bag hooks

•Mobile on lockable wheels

•Steel tube with silver powder coating

•H 1700 x W 1500 x D 500mm

483 464

Plastic Coat Hangers

•Plastic coat hangers for all of your storage needs

•Pack of 20

•H 200 x W 450mm 483 466

Wooden Coat Hangers

£41.24pack

•Wooden coat hangers for all of your storage needs

•Pack of 25

•H 220 x W 450mm

483 465

£138.96each

£42.88pack

Large Steel Umbrella Holder

•Holds up to 10 golf style umbrellas

•H 600 x Dia. 260mm

1 WK 1 YR

Stainless Steel Rope Barrier Post

•High quality polished stainless steel posts for a durable & aesthetic ﬁnish

•4 way connectivity

• Ball Head

•H 987 x Dia. 320mm

428 511

• Top Hat Head

•H 935 x Dia. 320mm

428 512

• Wall Hook

£54.24each

£57.00each

•Wall Hook for use with Ball Head or Top Hat Head Rope Barriers

428 516

£18.51each

Barrier Rope

•Rope for use with Ball Head or Top Hat Head Rope Barriers

•Manufactured from high quality polyester

•Length 1500mm

Red 428 513 £36.58each Blue 428 514 £36.58each

Black 428 515

£36.58each

1 WK 1 YR

Black Barrier Post

•Ideal for areas where you need to channel tra c

•Black metal post with nylon retractable belt

•3 way connectivity

•Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

1 WK 1 YR

Stainless Steel Barrier Post

•Ideal for areas where you need to channel tra c

•Stainless steel post with nylon retractable belt

•3 way connectivity

•Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

•Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

•Post height 930mm, base diameter 350mm

Red Belt 428 500

Blue Belt 428 501

Black Belt 428 502

•Receiving End Post

£58.77each

•End post to connect belted posts

•3 way connectivity

428 503

1 WK 1 YR

Double Retractable Blue Belt Barrier

•Post barrier with 2 retractable belts

£56.67each

•Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

•Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

•Post height 985mm, base diameter 320mm

•Blue belt

428 508

£86.74each

•Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

•Post height 930mm, base diameter 350mm

Red Belt 428 504

£58.27each

Blue Belt 428 505 £58.27each

Black Belt 428 506

•Receiving End Post

£58.27each

•End post to connect belted posts

•3 way connectivity

428 507

£56.39each

Wall Mounted Retractable Barrier

•The retractable belt is manufactured from nylon and comes in blue

•Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly

•This wall barrier is for use with freestanding receiving end posts (see items 428 503 and 428 507) and does not come with a wall mounted receiver

•Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length

428 509

£34.85each

•Sign board for use with Belt Barriers

Are you sitting comfortably?

Take advantage of our free chair consultations and assessments.

Did you know up to 80% of the population will experience back pain at some stage of their working life. However ensuring you are using the correct chair could help or even prevent this issue.

We o er a free consultation service to help you ﬁnd the perfect chair for any special requirements you may have. Our specialists will come to your o ce and design a chair to meet your speciﬁc needs. They can also bring a sample for you to test to ensure the product is right for you.

Simple measures such as adjusting your chair correctly can help prevent the risk of developing back pain and also help to reduce the impact of an existing condition.

Please contact our Customer Services to arrange your free consultation.

Medium Back Chair

• Operators chair with 5 star base

• Seat height adjustable from 440-500mm

• Gas lift up to 150kg

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Back height 430mm

No Arms 427 574 £82.28 each

Fixed Arms

Height Adjustable Arms

Foldaway Height Adjustable Arms

575 £93.17 each

576 £108.42 each

577 £115.19 each

High Back Chair

• High back operators chair

• 5 star base

• Seat height adjustable from 440-500mm

• Gas lift up to 150kg

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Back height 520mm

Height Adjustable Arms

Medium Back Draughtsman Chair

• Seat height adjustment

• Back height and rake adjustment

• Five star base

• Glides

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

No Arms 429 020 £121.58 each

Fixed Arms

Height Adjustable Arms

021 £135.66 each

Mesh Back Operator Chair

• Breathable black mesh back

• Large contoured seat

• Height adjustable back rest

579 £95.89 each

580 £110.86 each

• Permanent contact back mechanism

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours No Arms

033 £123.50 each

Ergonomic Mesh Posture Chair

023 £153.58 each

022 £146.54 each Foldaway Height Adjustable Arms

• Breathable black mesh seat and mesh backrest

• Full synchro movement with ﬁngertip cable controls

• Seat slide for depth adjustment

• Backrest tilt angle and height adjustment

• Armrest angle and height

Ergonomic

Arms

034 £135.71 each £147.18 each

Fully Upholstered Posture Max Chair

• Inﬂatable lumbar support

• Seat slide for depth adjustment

• Heavy duty 3 lever controls

• Sculptured full back support

• Height adjustable and foldaway arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

3WK 5YR

• High back posture chair with seat tilt

• Ratchet back height control H 490-570mm

• Inﬂatable lumbar pump

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

Cambridge Fully Adjustable Posture Chair

3WK 5YR

Cambridge Ultra Ergonomic Posture Chair

• High back posture chair with seat tilt

• Ratchet back height control H 560-630mm

• Inﬂatable lumbar pump

• Seat W 510 x D 500mm

• Back width 490mm at widest point

Foldaway height adjustable arms 427 586

No Arms 432 836

3WK 5YR

£177.82 each

£147.98 each

Cambridge Mesh Ergonomic Posture Chair

• Mesh back ergonomic chair

• Ratchet back height control H 560-630mm

• Lumbar support

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 510 x D 500mm

• Back width 510mm

429 025

3WK 5YR

£231.08 each

Cambridge Lite Ergonomic Posture Chair

• Lighter features, same ergonomic support

• Ratchet back height control H 490-570mm

• Lumbar support (not inﬂatable)

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 510 x D 500mm

• Back width 490mm at widest point

429 027

£149.50 each

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 510 x D 500mm

• Back width 490mm at widest point

429 024

3WK 5YR

£199.97 each

Cambridge Petite Ergonomic Posture Chair

• Cambridge chair with smaller seat and back

• Ratchet back height control H 490-570mm

• Inﬂatable lumbar pump

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

• Seat W 470 x D 450mm

• Back width 450mm at widest point

429 026

3WK 5YR

£163.53 each

Cambridge Medium Back Ergonomic Posture Chair

• Entry level, full feature Cambridge Chair

• Independent seat and back angle

• Seat slide to vary seat depth

• Foldaway height adjustable arms

• Inﬂatable lumbar support

• Available in a choice of Phoenix fabric colours

429 028

£162.35 each

everyday: executive seating

Barcelona Deluxe 24-Hour Task Chairs

Loop Arms 507 958

Height adjustable arms 483 680

Folding height adjustable arms 507 959

The Barcelona deluxe is a well-established rm favourite. A heavy duty 24 hour usage chair that provides long term comfort and support.

Desire High Back Chair

507 955

Chrome arm rests. 5 star base. In nitelock mechanism.

features:

Soft bonded leather or fabric

Available in Black or Blue

Thick padded foam

Height and pad adjustable arms

Ratchet back and seat slide plus back tilt

Triple lever multi-function mechanism

Chrome ash base

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Task 24 hour

features:

Modern & Stylish design

Comfortable deep leather cushioning

Chrome armrests with cushioned arm pad

Bonded Leather upholstery

Available in Black or White

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

features:

Bonded leather

Twin lever heavy duty mechanism

Chrome ash base

Soft, sumptuous leather with built in headrest and padded arms.

Chrome detailing on the arms and base makes this both a modern and superb executive chair.

Soft padded arms

Folding back on both the executive and cantilever option

UK crib 5 foam

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Executive 8 hour

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Executive 8 hour

Barcelona fabric nish

Desire High Back Chair

Havanna Cantilever base

everyday: premium operator seating

A Chiro Medium Back Posture Chair

£254.76

509 289

features:

Seat slide

Contoured foam

Adjustable pump up lumbar

Ratchet back height adjustment

Adjustable arms

3 lever mechanism

Polished Chrome base

UK crib 5 foam and fabric

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Task 24/7

B/C Chiro Plus Posture Chairs

B Chiro Plus Ultimate 507 951

C Chiro Plus 507 952

£542.54

£429.19

The Chiro Posture chair represents the next generation of ergonomic seating. The chair promotes a healthy posture and is available in a range of di erent fabrics and nishes.

features:

Seat slide

Contoured foam

Twist adjustable pump up lumbar

Ratchet back height adjustment

Adjustable arms

3 lever mechanism

Polished chrome base

UK crib 5 foam and fabric

Gas lift tested up to 150kg (23 Stones)

Usage: Task 24/7

IC 100 Chair – Mesh back

509 648

Back: Black mesh.

£204.65

Seat: Fabric available in a choice of three colours.

Simplistic ergonomics. Fewer controls. Easier to use.

Supporting a weight range between 40-145 kilos, the unique body-responsive and weight activated underseat controls adjust naturally tochanges in user position and is perfect for multi-user environments. Single lever adjustment with a simple push-button controls the degree of travel across ve settings, lockable upright for constant support and allowing e ortless motion when required.

features:

Synchronised mechanism

Auto body tension control

Waterfall seat

Adjustable seat slide

High backrest

Fixed backrest

Adjustable lumbar panel

Height adjustable arms

Black moulded base

Home Working Solutions

Due to the pandemic we have assembled a selection of products that will sit comfortably in a work or a home environment. All products shown are properly tested, conform to all the current regulations and can be delivered direct to a home address if necessary.

Virtual Seating Assessments

If you have a back complaint we can carry out workstation assessments on any of the following: WhatsApp Facetime Zoom Skype or Teams for free. Cost for face to face service is dependent on location. If you really want to be seen in person there will be a cost for this service and is dependent on your location. Please call Customer Services to get a price for this service.

Spynamics Range

Our chronic bad back relief chairs come from our Spynamics range and can be made to measure following one of our remote (virtual) assessments as well as one of our face to face visits. Our Spynamics bad back relief chairs incorporate all the latest technology including memory foam seats and backs, multifunctional height adjustable arms, various airbag supports positioned in the main areas of the spine (sacral, lumbar, thoracic), headrests and coccyx relief cut outs (if needed).

Remember your fabric choices (see

Ergonomics made simple

If you want something that is highly adjustable and may still need to be used by more than one person but that the requirements are not so ‘back-critical’ as to require one of our Spynamics chairs then the Uni Bundle chairs will be your ideal solution. The four versions we show here suit most day-to-day requirements

• Fully adjustable operator chair

• Weight guarantee 120kgs/19 stone

• Adjustable pump lumbar, ratchet backrest height, back & seat tilt

• Seat slide, height adjustable arms

• Back Size: H500 x W430mm

• Seat Size: W500mm x D470

Description CODE:Price UNIA 427 854

Grande

• Fully adjustable task chair

• Weight guarantee 150kgs/23.5 stone

• Adjustable pump lumbar, ratchet

backrest height, back & seat tilt

• Seat slide height adjustable arms

• Back Size: H580 x W490mm

• Seat Size: W500mm x D470

Description CODE:Price UNI4A 424 424

If you require a comfortable and supportive chair for users over 6” up to 30 stones, you might need something like our G+1 from our Grande range of larger user chair. Supportive back care chairs for up to 190kgs / 30 stone users. It doesn’t shirk its responsibility to be comfortable and adjustable as well as the right size.

Back Size: H840 x W560mm

Seat Size: W560 x D560mm

Description CODE: Price G+1 427 861

Remember your fabric choices (see back of

• Fully adjustable executive chair

• Weight guarantee 150kgs/23.5 stone

• Adjustable pump lumbar, ratchet backrest height, back & seat tilt

• Seat slide, height adjustable arms

• Back Size: H670 x W460mm

• Seat Size: W500mm x D470

UNI12A Bundle*

• Fully adjustable mesh back chair

• Weight guarantee 150kgs/23.5 stone

• Foam upholstered lumbar, ratchet backrest height, back & seat tilt

• Seat slide, height adjustable arms

• Back Size: H560 x W450mm

• Seat Size: W500mm x D470

Description CODE:Price UNI8A 424 428

Description CODE:Price UNI12A 424 429 £

* 2-way lumber not available on mesh chairs.

VDU Compliant

If you don’t have a bad back, your computer use is minimal and you don’t want to spend a lot of money for something you will not sit in more than a couple of hours a day then you may want one of our P3’s. Also available with ring arms (P2) or without arms (P1).

• Back tilt

• Backrest height (manual)

• Weight guarantee 120kgs

P3 Back

Back Size: H500 x W440mm

Seat Size: W470 x D450mm

DescriptionCODE:Price

No Arms 508 969

Ringarms 508 971

Adjustable Arms 508 973

UNI4A Bundle

UNI8A Bundle

UNI1A Bundle

High Back Task Chair, No

Mesh High Back Task Chair, No Arms

Entry level Mesh back chair, without arms. Fully adjustable with Gas height adjustment and back height adjustment. Deep cushion, upholstered padded seat with black mesh back.

Jota - Task Chairs

Jota has a traditional oval shaped back design in a number of arm options, with high density seat and back foam for maximum user comfort. With so many adjustable settings, Jota ofers the ideal confguration for any hard-worker, eliminating aches and pains associated with improper support.

BS 5459-2000+A2:2008

Senza - Task Chairs

Comfort, reliability and afordability are the key attributes of the Senza operators chair with its curvaceous profle and vast array of options. Equipped with ergonomic features, a high fabric back and 4 arm options, this operators chair easily provides the comfort needed for a long day at work.

BS 5459-2000+A2:2008

Please call customer services to arrange a free site survey

We have received fantastic support and advice throughout the project and are delighted with the workmanship. Their team of installers are very e cient.

PROJECT ADVICE

Our industry experts take the time to understand your vision

•Extensive range of products to suit every budget

•Managing school projects for over 60 years

•CAD drawings

•3D renders

•Space planning

Catherine Franchi School Business Manager, Selborne School

(Image shows left hand crescent) (Image shows left hand wave)

A Cantilever Crescent Workstations

Left 1400L x 1200D x 720H (mm) 483 759

Right 1400L x 1200D x 720H (mm) 483 760

Left 1600L x 1200D x 720H (mm) 483 761

Right 1600 L x 1200D x 720H (mm) 483 762

Left

H (mm) 483 763

H (mm) 483 764

Rectangle

WhiteWhite Oak Grey Walnut

1 Shelf 800W x 353D x 805H (mm) 483 7 75

2 Shelf 800W x 353D x 1155H (mm) 504 816

4 Shelf 800W x 353D x 1860H (mm) 483 7 78

3 Shelf

x 1954

(mm) 483 781 (for Plinths and

Shelves please see below)

everyday: panel end desking and

entry-level desk screens

Entry Level Desk Screens

Bench

Straight Desks

CODEWDHPRICE

429751 800800725 429752 1000800725 429753 1200800725

1400800725

1600800725

• Rectangular desks 800mm deep with cantilever frame & two cable access ports

• 429751 & 429752 only have one central cable access port

1200800725

429760 1400800 725

429761 1600800725 429762 1800800725

1800800725 Straight Desks with Two Drawer Pedestal

CODEWDHPRICE

429765 1200800725

429766 1400800 725

429767 1600800725

429768 1800800725

CODEWDHPRICE

Desks with 2 x Three Drawer Pedestals

CODEWDHPRICE

429785 1600800725

Systems cupboards/Tambours

Optional extra shelf

•470mm deep shelves with an 18mm carcass and 25mm thick tops

• Available with adjustable shelves but 3 larger units have a fxed shelf central for stability

•Cupboards with lockable doors and supplied with curved handles and two keys

• Available in Duo fnishes with

Lockable drawers supplied with fnger pull handles in silver with 2 keys

• Available with 3 shallow drawers or with one shallow and one fling drawer

Filing

Beech OakWhite

Grey Oak Beech Oak Walnut White

Bookcases/Cupboards

Mobile Pedestals

3WK 5YR

Cantilever Straight Desk

• Rectangular desk on cantilever frame

• 25mm top

• Choice of frame and tabletop ﬁnishes

• H 725 x D 800mm

W 1000mm 432 845

W 1200mm 432 846

£120.94 each

W1400mm 432 847 £128.62 each

W1600mm 432 848 £136.30 each

W1800mm 432 849 £145.26 each

3WK 5YR

Electric Height Adjustable Desk

• Smooth and e ortless electric motorised height adjustment 710-1210mm

• Simple 2 button control

• Heavy-duty steel construction, maximum load 80kg/160lbs

• Anti-collision - motor stops when an obstruction is detected

• Power input: auto-switching AC 100 - 240 V

• Choose from a range of table and frame ﬁnishes/colours

W 1000 x D 800mm 429 088 £330.60 each

W 1200 x D 800mm 429 089 £336.40 each

W 1400 x D 800mm 427 551 £348.00 each

W 1600 x D 800mm 427 552 £359.60 each

3WK 5YR

Low Mobile Pedestal

• One standard, one ﬁling drawer

• Supplied with 2 keys

• H 546 x W 402 x D 500mm

• 2 Drawer

• One standard, one ﬁling drawer

429 050 £123.18 each

• 3 Drawer

• Three standard drawers

429 162 £123.18 each

3WK 5YR

Tall Mobile Pedestal

Desk High Pedestal

• Two standard and one ﬁling drawer

• Supplied with 2 keys

Finishes options

• H 639 x W 402 x D 600mm 429 051 £150.38 each

• Ideal as a storage solution and provides extra desk space

• Two standard and one ﬁling drawer

• Supplied with 2 keys

• H 725 x W

3WK 5YR

Wooden Filing Cabinet

•Lockable - supplied with 2 keys

•Front to back foolscap ﬁling

•Anti tilt mechanism

2 Drawer - H 725mm 429 166 £185.57each

3 Drawer - H 1055mm 429 167 £222.37each

4 Drawer - H 1385mm 429 168 £253.69each

3WK 5YR

Bookcase

•Open front with ﬁxed shelves

•W 800 x D 420mm

• 1 Fixed Shelf - H 750mm

429 156 £120.55each

• 2 Fixed Shelves - H 750mm

429 157 £138.00each

3WK 5YR

Double Door Cupboard

•3 Fixed Shelves - H 1130mm

429 158 £167.67each

•4 Fixed Shelves - H 1850mm 429 159 £189.40each

•Lockable cupboard with hinged doors

•Supplied with shelves

•W 800 x D 420mm

• 1 Fixed Shelf - H 750mm

429 152 £175.74each

• 2 Fixed Shelves - H 750mm 429 153

•3 Fixed Shelves - H 1130mm

429 154

•4 Fixed Shelves - H 1850mm

C

Media Lite Rectangular Desk

Stylish and robust metal cantilever

25mm MFC tops complete with two 80mm

ports. Available in a choice of top finishes, with silver underframe and modesty panel.

429 958 H 730 x W 1000 x D 800mm

429 959 H 730 x W 1200 x D 800mm

429 960 H 730 x W 1400 x D 800mm

429 961 H 730 x W 1600 x D 800mm

429 962 H 730 x W 1800 x D 800mm

Eye Metal Pedestals

Stylish and cost-effective three drawer lockable drawer unit, with side finger pulls, comprising two personal and one filing drawer. Dimensions: H 600 x D 500

429 969 W 390mm

429 970 W 300mm

and modesty panel Right Hand

Wooden Double Door Cupboard

Space saving high capacity storage, complete with two locking double doors. Supplied with internal ladder racks for a range of adjustable fittings to allow users to specify the internal fittings to their exact requirements. Locking units are supplied empty and fittings ordered separately.

Left Hand

Remeber your fnish choices: Beech MapleOak

Wooden Side Opening Tambour

with internal ladder racks for a range of adjustable fittings to allow users to specify the internal fittings to their exact requirements. These Locking units are supplied empty for fittings to be ordered separately.

429 983 H 720 x W 1100 x D 550mm

Remeber your fnish choices: Beech MapleOak

Filing and Storage

Constructed from tough corrugated board, these robust and easy to assemble fling modules are designed to protect fles.

A Literature Sor ter

10 pigeon holes for A4 or foolscap documents. Can be safely stacked up to 3 tiers high.

Size: H385 x W585 x D330mm.

550 009 Oyster

B School Book Browser

Face on display (up to 200mm wide) Store materials in a colour coded system. Assorted pack of 12, three each of red, yellow, green and blue.

Size: H150 x W210 x D240mm.

550 061

C Curriculum Coloured Filing Boxes

Designed to hold A4 or foolscap documents.

Size: H355 x W85 x D280mm.

550 022 Assorted Colours

D Primar y Filing Boxes

Designed with the curriculum in mind. Create your own colour coded filing system. Designed to hold A4 or Foolscap documents.

Size: H355 x W85 x D280mm

781 338

E Wallet Store

Organise and fle A4 and foolscap documents.

Size: H250 x W370 x D170mm.

550 063 Red Pack of 4

A

Essential Multi Drawer Cabinets

Cabinets to keep your workspace organised. From forms to stationery, and everything in between, these useful cabinets features fully removable drawers, and are available in both locking and non-locking versions, in 5 Drawer, 10 Drawer and 15 Drawer options.

Dimensions 278W x 408D

429 930 5 drawer, Non Locking, 365mmH

429 931 10 drawer, Non Locking, 605mmH

429 932 15 drawer, Non Locking, 865mmH

429 933 5 drawer, Lockable, 365mmH

429 934 10 drawer, Lockable, 605mmH

429 935 15 drawer, Lockable, 865mmH

Essential Double Door Cupboard

Everyday heavy-duty metal storage cupboard. Lockable with three point locking and supplied with two keys. 1830mmH cabinet is complete with 3 adjustable shelves and 1016mmH unit is supplied with 1 shelf.

429 938 1016H x 915W x 476mmD

429 939 1830H x 915W x 476mmD

Secure Storage

Ideal solutions for storing sensitive information. In addition to standard locks, these units have additional deterrent of a locking bar or locking box, for use with Customer’s own padlocks. C

429 457 429 458 £74.92

D

429 936 1321H x 478W x 611mmD

429 937 1830H x 915W x 476mmD

* Cupboard supplied with 3 shelves

Metal Vertical Filing Cabinets

Express Range heavy-duty filing cabinet, featuring 40kg capacity drawers and inset drawer handle. Cabinets are centrally lockable and supplied with two keys.

Pearl Grey

429 940 2 Dwr, 705H x 460W x 620mmD

429 941 3 Dwr, 1016H x 460W x 620mmD

429 942 4 Dwr, 1321H x 460W x 620mmD

Cofee/Cream

429 943 2 Dwr, 705H x 460W x 620mmD

429 944 3 Dwr, 1016H x 460W x 620mmD

429 945 4 Dwr, 1321H x 460W x 620mmD

Remeber your fnish choices: Pearl GreyCoffee / Cream Ranges available in fnish: All Filing Cabinets

A

Metal Side Opening Tambour

Space saving high capacity storage, complete with two sliding tambour doors, which are contained within the unit when opened. Supplied with internal ladder racks for a range of adjustable fittings to allow users to specify the internal fittings to their exact requirements. These locking units are supplied empty for fittings to be ordered separately.

429 946 1016H x 1000W x 500mmD

429 947 1524H x 1000W x 500mmD

429 948 1981H x 1000W x 500mmD

429 949 2083H x 1000W x 500mmD

Metal Double Door Cupboard

Space saving high capacity storage, complete with two locking double doors. Supplied with internal ladder racks for a range of adjustable fittings to allow users to specify the internal fttings to their exact requirements. Locking units are supplied empty and fittings ordered separately.

Static Slotted Shelf Divider

Plain Shelf

Static Slotted Shelf

Pigeon Hole

everyday: metal storage

Multidrawer Cabinets

Multi-drawers are a traditional and e ective form of storage and have a wider range of applications such as storage of small parts/ spare or hobby and craft materials. Add an insert tray and they become ideal units for the home, school, garage and your o ce.

5 year guarantee

FIRA certi ed

Locking and Non-Locking options

2 key (mastered series) on locking units

Midi Foolscap Filing Cabinets

Multidrawer Cabinets

The Midi Filing Cabinet range o ers a ling capacity of 2.1 metres of linear storage.

The Midi is available in all colour options and provides 40kg suspension le carrying capacity per drawer.

10 year guarantee

FIRA certi ed

40kg suspension le carrying capacity per drawer

Anti-Tilt Locking Mechanism (unit must be on level ground)

High sided drawers

100% drawer extension

2 key (mastered series)

Midi Foolscap Filing Cabinets

Additional tments are available as listed below individual product details.

Kontrax 2-Door Lockable Cupboards

Kontrax Cupboards o er an economical solution to ling and your storage requirements. These units o er ease of storage, delivery and installation in restricted areas.

5 year guarantee

FIRA certi ed

Lockable

2 key (mastered series)

Full length door sti eners

Kontrax cupboard internals are supplied in Graphite Grey

Kontrax Side Opening Lockable Tambours

Kontrax Side Tambours are a cost e ective, space e cient solution for mixed use o ce storage. Kontrax provides a range of height options o ering versatile use of this product within space planning without compromising budgets.

5 year guarantee

FIRA certi ed

Lockable

2 key (mastered series)

Smooth running track

Magnetic handle strip

Lowered plinth on the 690mm height unit allows for increased ling

Kontrax 2-Door Lockable Cupboards

Kontrax Side Opening Lockable Tambours

everyday: metal storage

Our Executive Range o ers stylish and versatile storage, with a wide range of standard units and additional options.

Doors hung on pianao hinges welded at top and bottom

3WK 5YR

3 Drawer Steel Pedestal

• Steel under desk pedestal

• 1x ﬁling and 2x personal drawers with plastic pen tray

• Fitted with 4 castors, 2 locking

• Fifth roller castor prevents tipping when a drawer is open

• Fitted with lock and 2 keys

• H 600 x W 390 x D500mm

Silver 432 837

£105.27 each

Black 432 838 £105.27 each

White 432 839 £105.27 each

3WK 5YR

Metal Filing Cabinet

• Anti-tilt device ﬁtted as standard

• Accommodates foolscap suspended ﬁling

• 45kg drawer capacity with recessed handle with label holder

• Lockable - supplied with 2 keys

• Grey ﬁnish

• W 460 x D 620mm

2 Drawer - H 730mm 429 068 £114.35 each

3 Drawer - H 1024mm

4 Drawer - H 1321mm

3WK 5YR

Economy Metal Cupboard

• Two point locking system handle lock and 2 keys

• Supplied empty - storage shelves and ﬁling frames available separately

• Grey ﬁnish

• W 914 x D 400mm

• Medium - H 1016mm

429 082

• Tall - H 1829mm

429 083

£135.50 each

£195.66 each

3WK 5YR

Metal Cupboard Accessories

• Internal ﬁtments for metal cupboards

• Grey ﬁnish

• Storage Shelf

• Maximum load 45kg

429 084

• Lateral Filing Frame

429 085

£11.69 each

£17.56 each

Ofﬁce seating solutions

Our selection of visitor chairs are built using steel tubular and solid laminated wood frames.

Conference and Visitor Seating

Soft Seating

Heavy Duty Wooden Reception Chair

•Natural beech frame

•Stacks up to 4 units high

•Available in Phoenix fabric

Steel Square Frame Reception Chair •Robust

Low Square Reception Table

•Steel

•Overall H 885 x W 550 x D 625mm, Seat H 480mm Chair 429 042 £124.99each Wooden Easy Chair Single Arm

•Upholstered

and

Wooden Easy Armchair with Metal Sub Frame

•Heavy duty sub-frame for extra strength

•Available in Main Line Plus & Advantage fabrics

•Seat height 380mm, Seat depth 400mm

•H 730 x W 540 x D 560mm

498 £194.71each

Wooden Co ee Table

•Classic wooden co ee table

•H 330 x D 600mm W

2-Seater

with Arms

•H

•Seat

Steel Frame Low Easy Chair

Wooden Easy Chair with Metal Sub Frame

•H

•Steel frame chair with deep padded seat and back

•Black or grey steel frame

•Available in Main Line Plus & Advantage

•H

Steel Frame Co ee Table

•Wood

•Reception/residential seating in crib 5 hard-wearing

charcoal grey fabric

•Sturdy and durable wooden feet

•Seat height 440mm

• Arm Chair

•H 750 x W 850 x D 860mm

428 896

• Two Seater Sofa

•H 750 x W 1370 x D 860mm

428 897

• Three Seater Sofa

•H 750 x W 1760 x D 860mm

428 898

£348.00each

£466.88each

£601.88each

•Crib-5 faux leather

•Available in black, brown or grey

• Arm Chair

•H 800 x W 850 x D 730mm

428 432

• Two Seater Sofa

•H 800 x W 1390 x D 730mm

£342.20each

428 433 £435.00each

• Three Seater Sofa

•H 800 x W 1800 x D 730mm

428 434

£590.63each

Mathew Sofas

Zest Sofas

BlackBrownGrey

Harold Sofas

•Stylish, minimlist look sofa

•Crib 5 linen look fabric

•Arm Chair

•H 860 x W 860 x D 830mm

432 798

•Two Seater Sofa

•H 860 x W 1370 x D 830mm

432 799

•Three Seater Sofa

•H 860 x W 1790 x D 830mm

432 800

£377.00each

£528.75each

£669.38each

rooms or breakout areas

•Available in antelope or graphite crib 5 fabric

•Arm Chair

•H 800 x W 800 x D 790mm

Antelope 432 801

Graphite 432 804

•Two Seater Sofa

•H 800 x W 1280 x D 790mm

Antelope 432 802

Graphite 432 805

•Three Seater Sofa

•H 800 x W 1810 x D 790mm

Antelope 432 803

Graphite

432 806

£342.20each

£458.20each

£579.38each

AntelopeGraphite

• Choose from four table shapes

• Perfect for Communal Areas and Breakout Zones

• Premium 32mm round tube legs

• Solid 18mm MDF tops with a high pressure laminate

• 380mm table heights

• Supplied with Duraform Light Speckled Grey frame paint as standard

everyday: reception seating

Modular Reception Seating

•Modular reception seating

•Combine units to create the best seating system for your space

•Choose colour from Advantage, Citadel or Phoenix fabrics

•Overall H 750mm. Seat height 440mm

• Chair - No Arms

•W 610mm

840

• Left Arm Modular Unit

•W

Atlo Seating and Tables

•

Present Grey / Forecast Grey

Present Grey Maturity Blue Maturity Blue / Range Blue

Elapse Grey

Premium Beam & Square Seating

Upholstered in XtremePlus Fabrics - other colours/fabrics can be made to order

Premium Modular Seating

Seat without Arms

Right Arm Seat

Left Arm Seat

Premium Modular Seating

Welcoming and comfortable with so foam seats, these chairs are perfect for reception areas, sta rooms, library and o ce environments. All items are covered in the hardwearing Xtreme fabric group. Xtreme fabrics feature a modern crepe weave and are made from 100% recycled polyester, diverting waste from land ll and saving virgin raw materials.

Available in a wide range of colours to suit any setting. Con gure these modular seats to suit your space.

Armchair

H370

Cofee Table H755

Stacking Chairs

Topaz Stacking Chair

A superior upholstered chair with a choice of a black steel or chrome frame. Features a rigid moulded back and under seat.

•Chairs can be conveniently stacked up to 6 high

• Red, Blue & Black fabric available

• Fabric and foam conforms to BS7176 ignition source 5

•Sold in Packs of 5

A Black Frame / Blue Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

432 853 Pack of 5

B Black Frame / Red Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

432 852 Pack of 5

Black Frame / Black Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

432 854 Pack of 5

D Chrome Frame / Blue Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

432 856 Pack of 5

E Chrome Frame / Red Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

432 855 Pack of 5

F Chrome Frame / Black Fabric

Seat Height: 460mm

H835 x W540 x D540mm

432 857 Pack of 5

Mayfair & Grosvenor Chairs

Lightweight and comfortable upholstered chairs with a deep cushioned foam seat and back.

The black steel frame has a useful hand-hold for ease of handling. Deep, high density foam upholstered seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm) Strong steel frame has side rails for added strength.

• Stacks up to 8 high with protective feet

• Tested to BS:EN1022:2005, BS15373:2007 Test Level 3 and Ignition Source 5

•Sold in Packs of 5

G Mayfair Chairs:

Seat Height: 480mm

H800 x W440 x D540mm

432 850 Pack of 5 Blue

432 860 Pack of 5 Charcoal

I Trolley:

H800 x W440 x D540mm

427 240

Monza Chair

2YRS

H Grosvenor Chairs:

Seat Height: 480mm

H800 x W440 x D540mm

432 851 Pack of 5 Blue

432 859 Pack of 5 Charcoal

Exceptionally strong black steel frame with an extra wide, ergonomically shaped polypropylene seat and back rest with useful hand-hold. Trolley stacks up to 24 chairs, meaning minimal storage space is required.

•Sold in Packs of 5

J Linking Chair

Seat Height: 450mm

H784 x W565 x D562mm

Weight: 6.5kg

432 858 Pack of 5

K Trolley

H650 x W600 x D300mm

487 652

everyday: visitor / meeting chairs

Wood Frame 4-Leg Chairs No arms 507 913 With arms 507 914

High

4-Leg C hairs No arms 507917

With arms 507 918

Upholstered seat and backrest.

B8S/TG Sled Chair

No arms 508 682

Plastic seat and back.

Available in a range of colours, upholstery options, and with arms. Details on request.

4-Leg Chairs

Fabric seat, stackable, no arms 507 926

Fabric seat, stackable, with arms 507 927

Plastic seat, backrest, with arms 507 928

Plastic seat, with castors 507 929

Remember your fabric and colour choices (see

Armchair

Upholstered backrest 507 931 Upholstered seat.

Aura 4-Leg Visitor Chair

No arms 507 919

Upholstered seat and backrest.

Armchair Mesh backrest 507 932 Upholstered seat.

Cantilever Multi-Task Chair

No arms 508 096

Contemporary style with steel frame.

Cantilever

4 WK 5YR

Cantilever Chair

•Skidbase frame

•Upholstered seat and back

•Frame available in grey or black

•Available in Main Line Plus and Advantage fabric

•Please specify your fabric and frame colour choice on your order

•H 830 x W 530 x D 570mmx

Cantilever chair 499 666 £101.30each

Cantilever armchair 504 503 £157.62each

4 WK 5YR

Chrome Cantilever Stacking Chair

•EPC silver chrome cantilever frame

•Upholstered seat and back

•Stacks up to 4 high

•Available Main Line Plus and Advantage fabrics

•Please specify your fabric and frame colour choice on your order

•H 870 x W 460 x D 480mm

Stacking chair 499 669 £90.88each

Stacking armchair 499 670 £120.53each

Tube Frame Chair

•Tube metal frame

•Upholstered seat and back

•Frame available in a choice of grey or black

•Available in Main Line Plus and Advantage fabric

•Please specify your fabric and frame colour choice on your order

•H 830 x W 530 x D 570mm

Stacking chair 499 667 £87.11each Armchair 504 502 £115.51each

4 WK 5YR

Traditional Stacking Chair

•With a deeply padded seat and strong 25mm frame

•Frame available in black, chrome and grey

•Stacks up to 5 high

•Available in Main Line Plus and Advantage fabric

•Please specify your fabric and frame colour choice on your order

•H 780 x SH 460 x W 480 x D 490mm

483 148 £64.29each

4 WK 5YR

4 WK 5YR

Sled Base Stacking Chair

• Sled base chair with upholstered seat and back

• Stacks up to 6 high

• Available in Main Line Plus and Advantage fabric

• Seat height 470mm

• Curved back sled base stacking chair

• Overall H 845 x W 515 x D 550mm

499 668

£66.28 each

• Square back chair with sled base

• Overall H 845 x W 600 x D 500mm

428 910

£72.65 each

4 WK 5YR

Edge Stacking Chair

• Versatile chair for meeting rooms, receptions and dining areas

• Contoured seat and breathable backrest for comfort and support

• Edge stacking chair

• Stacks up to 30 high on the Edge Stacking Chair Trolley or 10 high freestanding

• Seat height 470mm

• Overall H 820 x W 500 x D 530mm

428 907

£69.37 each

• Edge stacking chair with upholstered seat pad

• Padded seat for extra comfort

• Stacks up to 15 high on the Edge Stacking Chair Trolley or 5 high freestanding

• Choose fabric colour from Advantage fabric

• Seat height 480mm

• Overall H 820 x W 500 x D 530mm

428 908

£100.45 each

• Edge stacking chair trolley

• Trolley for Edge Stacking Chairs

• Holds up to 30 Edge Stacking Chairs or 15 Edge Stacking Chairs with Upholstered Seat

428 909

£232.61 each

ShapeDimensions (mm)*

Rectangular 800x1200 432 583432 728

Circular 1200 432 584432 729

Semi-Circular 1200 432 585432 730

Trapezoidal 1200x600 432 586432 731

Lemon 1400 432 727432 732

*More sizes available on request

5 year warranty on worksurfaces

Don’t forget your options:

Worktop Finishes

Finishes

Shufe Tilt Top Tables

Tilt top meeting table, which enables the tables to be quickly and easily broken down, reconfigured and stored. Braked castors keep the tables in place when in use, then allow them to be rearranged to suit. Sturdy tilt mechanism prevents accidental activation when in use. Available in a choice of 25mm MFC tops with matching edging, and silver underframe.

429 975 Rectangular H 730 x W 1200 x D 800mm 429 976 Rectangular H 730 x W 1600 x D 800mm

977 Rectangular H 730 x W 1800 x D 800mm 429 978 Semi-Circular H 730 x W 1600 x D 800mm 429 979 Circular H 730 x 1200mm Diameter

429 980 Trapeziodal H 730 x W 1600 x D 800mm

H 840 x SH 500 x SW 440 x D 470mm

Sorano Oak Beech Tiepolo Walnut Oiled Kendal Oak

Yellow Salmon Pink Stone Grey B Ozone 429 981 Ozone Chair, No Arms 429 982 Ozone Chair, Arms Solid Beech frame meeting chairs, with waterfall front edge for added comfort. Upholstered seat and back.

The Grafton Collection was created to provide flexible, cost-effective, and elegant seating solutions to dynamic environments.

3WK 5YR

Stacking Chair with Black Frame

•Stackable

•Upholstered seat and back

•Available in Phoenix fabric

•450mm seat height

•Black frame

•H 920 x W 470 x D 420mm

Chair 429 029

Armchair 429 030

•Multi-purpose meeting tables, perfect for meeting and training rooms

•25mm steel, fully welded frame

3WK 5YR

Stacking Chair with Chrome Frame

•Stackable

•Upholstered seat and back

•Available in Phoenix fabric

•450mm seat height

•Chrome frame

•H 920 x W 470 x D 420mm

Meeting Tables

• Multiple room layout options possible

• 45mm round chunky frame with a 25mm premium hard wearing top

• 740mm height as standard

everyday: folding-leg

/ tilt-top / ip-top tables

A Folding-Leg Tables

B Tilt-Top Tables -

C Flip-Top Tables -

everyday: meeting tables

A wide range of shapes with metal or wooden panel legs.

RESIDENTIAL FURNITURE

Product and Project Advice for Residential Settings

• Wide selection of products for all residential settings from care homes and student accommodation to challenging behaviour environments

Visit our website for a selection of popular residential furniture products

•Complete interior design service

• Survey, measure and audit service

•Colour and materials consultancy

•Delivery and specialist installation

Please call customer services to discuss your requirements

The Hatton collection features a sleek design suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. Now including the poseur height, One Piece Stool in high back or midi back. The entire collection is made using a minimum of 30% recycled polypropylene.

Dont forget your options:

Chairs & Stools

Purple Haze Powder Blue Moss Green

Rose Blossom Ash Grey

Iron Grey

Flannel

Dining Table & Bench Set

Manufactured from 40 x 40mm metal frame and top is 25mm FSC certiﬁed MFC with 2mm ABS edging. Hand built to BS EN 16121:2013 Level 2 British Standard and EU equivalent in respect of strength, durability and stability. Complete with a 5-year warranty.

A Dining room set 1 - including 1 table and 2 benches

Size: H760 x W2200 x D800mm

432 445

C Dining room set 3 - including 1 table and 2 benches

Size: H760 x W1800 x D800mm 432 447

B Dining room set 2 - including 1 table and 2 benches

Size: H760 x W2000 x D800mm 432 446

446

D Dining room set 4 - including 1 table and 2 benches

Size: H760 x W1600 x D800mm 432 448

Remember your options for your colour choices:

Chunky 40 x 40mm frame

Dining Table & Benches

• Bench style dining sets

• Set comprises of two benches and a table

• Choose from seven different frame colours

• 25mm MDF table top with an BURO edge

• Benches store underneath the table for a tidy environment

• 5 year guarantee

Sturdy

Traditional Bench 3 Seater

Dimensions: (H)890mm x (W)580mm x (L)1570mm

497 946 black | brown

482 225 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Sturdy Bench 3 Seater

Perfect for any type of environment, and suitable for adults and children aged 7 years and over

Adult

Dimensions: (H)490mm x (W)300mm x (L)1500mm

497 956 black | brown

482 226 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)305mm x (W)300mm x (L)1500mm

504 088 black | brown

504 089 rainbow |green|blue

Each

Teeny Tot

Dimensions: (H)205mm x (W)270mm x (L)1000mm

713 650 black | brown

713 651 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Sloper Bench 3 Seater

Perfect for any type of environment, including schools, parks and gardens

Adult

Dimensions: (H)860mm x (W)700mm x (L)1630mm

504 084 black | brown

504 085 rainbow |green | blue

Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)630mm x (W)550mm x (L)1610mm

504 082 black | brown

504 083 rainbow |green | blue

Each

Teeny Tot

Dimensions: (H)520mm x (W)370mm x (L)1000mm

428 602 black | brown

428 603 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Reston Bench 3 Seater

Armless bench easily accessible by wheelchair users.Encourages inclusivity as the seat height is similar to that of a wheelchair.

Adult

Dimensions: (H)785mm x (W)250mm x (L)1500mm

497 948

482 227

Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)620mm x (W)410mm x (L)1500mm

499 491 black | brown

483 135 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Heavy Duty Picnic Table

Seats up to 6 people. Delivered fully assembled. All benches come ready-made with parasol holes.

Adult

Dimensions: (H)780mm x (W)1200mm x (L)1500mm

497 954 black | brown

482 230 rainbow |green | blue

Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)610mm x (W)1100mm x (L)1200mm

482 234 black | brown

482 238 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Tiny Tot

Dimensions: (H)1000mm x (W)500mm x (L)1000mm

428 609 black | brown

234 567 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Octobrunch Picnic Table

8 Seater. 38mm Parasol hole. Use for disability access by removing 1 or 2 seats. Weight 120kg. Delivered part assembled.

Dimensions: (H)700mm x (W)2100mm x (L)2100mm

482 689 black | brown

482 690 rainbow |green | blue

Each

Octobrunch Junior Picnic Table

8 Seater, 8mm parasol hole. Weight 100kg.

499478 black | brown

499479 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Wheelchair Friendly Heavy Duty Picnic

Table WithExtended Top

The extra length provides table accessibility for wheelchairs and seats up to 6 adults. Wheelchair friendly extended top picnic bench please.

Dimensions: (H)630mm x (W)2066mm x (L)2066mm

Dimensions: (H)780mm x (W)21200mm x (L)2100mm

497 955 black | brown

482 229 green | rainbow | blue

Each

Ground Fixings

All the benches and tables illustrated can be supplied withground fixings. Must be ordered at the same time as bench or table.

Extended Legs

For soft ground surfaces.

497 959 300mm Set

Ground Plates x 4

For hard ground surfaces e.g. concrete.

497 958 brown | black | blue | green Set of 4

Olympic picnic bench

Perfect for any type of environment, and suitable for adults and children aged 7 years and over. Delivered part assembled. Comes ready-made with parasol holes.

Adult

Dimensions: (H)790mm x (W)2100mm x (L)2100mm

504 092 black | brown

504 093 green | blue

Each

Junior

Dimensions: (H)630mm x (W)2100mm x (L)2100mm

504 090 black | brown

504 091 blue |green

Each

Adult Buddy Bench

Designed to encourage community and friendship. The back of the bench is engraved with the wording ‘BuddyBench’. Made from HDPE recycled plastic that does notcorrode, rot or splinter. Delivered part assembled.Sales from our Buddy Benches help support the NSPCC.Dimensions: 2200mm (L) x 430mm

(W)x900mm (H).

424 975 black | brown

424 976 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Junior Buddy Bench

Vibrant and fun design to encourage friendship.

Dimensions: (H)600mm x (W)400mm x (L)1850mm

428 610 black | brown

424 974 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Teeny Tot Buddy Bench

Dimensions: (H)550mm x (W)430mm x (L)1800mm

428 611 black | brown

424 973 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Junior Picnic Bench

Our Heavy duty Picnic Bench is available in our full colour range.

Dimensions: (H)610mm x (W)610mm x (L)1200mm

482 234 black | brown

482 238 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Teeny Tot

Dimensions: (H)500mm x (W)1000mm x (L)1000mm

428 609 black | brown

234 567 rainbow | green | blue

Each

Gameboards

To accompany Marmax Heavy Duty and Junior Picnic Tables. Enhances playground activities. Made from foamex board with vinyl print.

499 472 Chess/Snakes and Ladders | Tinytown

Chess (x2) |Snakes and Ladders (x2) | Multiplication

Table Each

Cluny

This innovative leg design not only lends a visually striking appearance but also allows the bench to delicately touch the ground, creating an illusion of weightlessness.

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 1500mm (L)× 470mm (W)× 450mm (D)

Each

Also avalable in a larger size

Dimensions: 1800mm (L)× 470mm (W)× 450mm (D)

£792.00

Each

Ouseburn

The legs not only contribute to the bench’s contemporary allure but also give it a sense of lightness, subtly touching the ground.

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 1500mm (L)× 450mm (W)× 470mm (D)

£781.88

Each

Also avalable in a larger size

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 1800mm (L)× 450mm (W)× 470mm (D)

£830.25

Each

Armstrong

Its linear aesthetic and straightforward design are a nod to the timeless principles of Scandinavian minimalism.

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 1800mm (L)× 440mm (W)× 420mm (D)

Each

Dobson

This bench represents a harmonious blend of artistry and practicality, making it an ideal choice for outdoor settings.

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 1500mm (L)× 440mm (W)× 840mm (D)

Each

Also avalable in a larger size

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 1800mm (L)× 440mm (W)× 840mm (D)

Each

Grainger

Crafted with the same precision and commitment to aesthetic appeal, the Grainger Bench serves as a testament to the timeless beauty of clean lines and functional design.

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 1500mm (L)× 450mm (W)× 450mm (D)

Each

Also avalable in a larger size

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 1800mm (L)× 450mm (W)× 450mm (D)

Each

Northumbrian Planter

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 560mm (L)× 560mm (W)× 450mm (D)

£543.38

Each

Northumbrian Bin

****beige | **** black | **** grey

Dimensions: 600mm (L)× 600mm (W)× 920mm (D)

Each

£609.75

Delivered flat-pack for simple self-assembly. Secure legs with the Allen key provided.

•UV

•100% maintenance free

Jet Black Outdoor Furniture

Upgrade your outdoor furniture with this smart and stylish range. Maintenance free and eco-friendly, the table top and bench seat utilise 100% recycled plastic, extruded into wood effect slats.

Rot-proof and UV resistant, this outdoor range with its black slats, coupled with a smart anodised aluminium frame provides a functional yet contemporary design, suitable for schools, community, hospitality and home. Security fixings can be supplied.

Eco Jet Black Tables

428 989

428 990

428 991

428 992

1800(L) x 900(W)mm

1500(L) x 900(W)mm

1250(L) x 900(W)mm

900(L) x 900(W)mm

Eco Jet Black Benches

428 993

428 994

428 995

428 996

428 997

•100% recyclable

•Security fixing kit available

1800(L) x 330(W)mm 1500(L) x 330(W)mm

1250(L) x 330(W)mm 900(L) x 330(W)mm Security Fixing Kit

Eco Jet Table & Bench Sets

x 900(W)mm

x 1800(L) x 330(W)mm

x 1500(L) x 900(W)mm

1 WK 3YR

Aberdeen Round Heavy Duty Picnic Table

•Seats 8. Age 8 years to adult

•Simple bolt together assembly

•Dia. 40mm parasol hole

•Weight 79kg

•Overall H 720 x Dia. 2150mm Tabletop Dia. 1200mm. Timber thickness 30mm

424 421

£455.63each

1 WK 3YR

Foster A Frame Heavy Duty Picnic Table

•The tables are pressure treated for long life. The underside of the planks are grooved along the length to help prevent warping and shakes.

•Nuts and bolts are safely recessed

•Delivered ﬂat packed for self assembly

•Parasol hole Dia. 40mm

•Seats 8. Age 8 years to adult

•Weight 57kg

•H 720 x L 1800 x W 1500mm

424 419

£290.70each

1 WK 5YR

Guernsey Easy Access Picnic Table

•Made from FSC certiﬁed timber

•Designed for easy access. Seats 6 and suitable for ages 8 years to adult

•Dip treated an attractive soft green colour

•Suitable for heavy daily usage in both domestic and commercial settings

•40mm parasol hole

•Very sturdy and robust with rounded edges for safety

•H 750 x L 1400 x W 1590mm

427 613

£308.56each

1 WK 3YR

Queensbury Teak Classic Bench

•Made from A-grade Teak renowned for its durability

•All joints are mortise and tenon with teak dowels

•H 930mm D 700mm

• 2 Seater Bench

•L 1200mm. Weight 30kg

507 303

• 3 Seater Bench

•L 1500mm. Weight 32kg

507 304

• 4 Seater Bench

•L 1800mm. Weight 35kg

507 305

• 6 Seater Bench

•L 2400mm. Weight 50kg

507 306

£361.46each

£398.58each

£458.66each

£570.83each

1 WK 5YR

Oxford Teak Classic Bench

•The Oxford is a chunky and heavyweight bench in the ﬁnest grade A teak

•A comfortable generous bench with superb build quality, ensuring decades of service

•When left outside Teak will fade to a silvery grey colour if left untreated. This is perfectly natural and does not a ect the structure of the product

•H 940 x W 600mm

• 3 Seater Bench

•L 1500mm

427 012

• 4 Seater Bench

•L 1800mm

£449.62each

1 WK 3YR

Parasol

•Quality hardwood and sturdy construction

•Strong pulley opening system

•Available in 7 colours

•Parasol base sold separately

•H 2400 x Dia. 2500mm. Pole Dia. 38mm

499 635

£91.72each

Parasol Base

•Fits parasol pole up to 40mm diameter

636 £46.93each

RedNavyNatural Purple GreenLight Green Black

Curtains & Blinds

We provide a complete solution to all your requirements for curtains and blinds through contract CC16574.

•Roller Blinds

•Vertical Blinds

•Venetian Blinds

•Pleated Blinds

•Traditional Curtains

•Stage Drapes

•Specialist Curtains

•Pre-tendered agreement

•Compliant to safety standards

•Experienced and professional

Contract CC16574 The Custom Group

Supply & Fit of Curtains

Supply & Fit Blinds

Please contact us to arrange a quotation or for more information

Free Flow PVC Curtains

Ideal for Schools and Nurseries

Our child safe PVC curtain system uses no metal and are made from clear medical grade PVC which

427 016 Clear Single 2.3m L 1220 mm W

427 017 Clear Single 2.5m L 1220 mm W

427 018 Clear Double (over 1220 mm W) 2.3m L

427 019 Clear Double (over 1220 mm W) 2.5m L

427 020

427 021

427 022

427 023

between indoor and outdoor environments within schools and nurseries is being increasingly recognised.

Our Free Flow PVC curtains will allow you to see children clearly and maintain a comfortable temperature internally all year round.

By installing this unique system, our

to keep the heat in over the winter period reducing your energy bills.

The Free Flow curtains also help to:

•Reduce draughts

•Prevent outdoor debris, rubbish & insects.

SUPPLIER

Safety Assured’s professional request, please call customer

BrushHog Entrance Mats

Heavy duty outdoor mats. Scrape dirt and moisture from people’s feet before they enter the building. When combined with an indoor entrance mat, it will provide a highly effective entrance matting system. Choose either our Brush Hog mat with coarse scraping fbres and nitrile rubber backing (B), or Value Rubber Scraper with Holes (A), a rubber mat with drainage holes. Simple to clean with a hose or jet washer.

WaterhogEntrance Mats

Established as the toughest rubber backed mats in the industry, high quality Waterhog entrance mats are designed to cope with heavy traffc areas.The bi-level construction means that dirt and water fall to the lower level of the mat where it cannot be tracked off further into the building.

The Waterhog Classic Mat is a waffe patterned mat available in 3 different colours. State colour option on ordering.

M More e sizes s available e online

TriGripFinishingMats

Tri-Grip rubber backed mats protect your expensive carpet or floor coverings in high traffic areas such as in front of receptions, lifts or along corridors. They hold onto dirt and moisture so it’s not tracked off onto surrounding floors. Choose gripper backed (G) for carpeted floors or flat backed (F) for hard floors.

Available in three colours, Midnight Blue, Charcoal & Red.

e online

Outdoor Mat

Remove heavy mud and soil before it enters the building. Exterior mats must cope with and remain effective in all kinds of weather.

Entrance Barrier Mat

Removes the dirt and water and keep it in the mat. Waterhog Classic bi-level entrance mats are the most effective at removing dirt, salt, sand and grit in the industry. All Waterhog mats are extremely easy to clean.

Finishing Mat

Mop up any left over dust or moisture. They also protect your fooring

B. Brush Hog

A. Value Rubber Scraper with Holes

Waterhog

or message on a great looking mat.

• Improve the look of your reception or entranceway with a logo mat.

• Eco-friendly PET fbre consists of 50% recycled plastic bottles.

• Hard wearing mats stop dirt and moisture.

•Fully launderable.

• 100% satisfaction guaranteed.

• Delivered in just 7 days.

A.Logo Mat

Heavy Duty Logo Mats

High defnition print in an unlimited choice of 66 colours. Eco-friendly PET yarn and an anti-slip nitrile rubber backing. Supply your artwork or instructions and we will send you a proof to approve. Any size up to 2m x 5.5m available on request.

M More e sizes s available e online

Non Slip Mats / Kitchen Matting

Comfortable and cleanable traction in kitchens and other wet and greasy areas where slips are more likely. Oil and fat resistant, anti-static nitrile rubber. Significantly reduce the chance of slip and fall accidents. Protect against crockery and bottle breakages. Solid (no holes) option available in 3 sizes, drainable (with holes) option available in two sizes (Comfort Flow). Comfort Flow is anti microbial so will inhibit the growth of bacteria and odours. Easily cleaned with a hose or even in the dishwasher.

Playground Safety Surfacing Matting

All weather polymer safety matting tiles can be ftted together and placed under swings, climbing frames and around play areas. Protects grass areas and protects children from falls. Tested to BS EN1177 critical fall height up to 3m. Each tile is 50x50cm, so 4 tiles are provided per m².Tiles are easily locked together or cut to ft any area or shape. Flame retardent and exceptionally hard wearing with a 10 year warranty.

Outdoor Heavy-Duty Logo Mats

Designed for high-trafc areas, the Outdoor Heavy-Duty Logo Mat is made to withstand the elements. The high-quality logo printing ensures your brand stands out with vibrant colours and sharp details.

Berber Logo Mats

Designed to tackle the toughest dirt and debris; raised, sturdy hobnail bumps act as tiny scrubbers, aggressively scraping and trapping dirt from the soles of shoes.

Superscrape Impressions Rubber Logo Mats

Rubber logo mats will keep your foors pristine while showcasing your school or organisation identity. With its durable rubber patterns, it excels at efectively scraping of dirt, debris, and moisture from shoes. Safety matting provides traction for moisture, oil or grease areas, minimising the risk of slips and falls. 75 x 85cm

Ecotex Enhanced Polymer Chair Mat

Crafed from enhanced polymer, the Ecotex Enhanced Polymer Rectangular Chair Mat is designed to withstand the rigors of daily ofce use while safeguarding your foors against scratches, scufs and chair castor damage.

Marvec BioPVC Chair Mat

Designed to protect your foors from the wear and tear of daily ofce use, the Marvec BioPVC Chair Mat boasts exceptional durability and resilience. Its sturdy construction ensures long-lasting performance, providing a reliable surface for your ofce chair while maintaining the integrity of your fooring.

Wall Art.

Surface graphics for walls, floors and windows.

‘’The wall art has been warmly received and spoken of positively by sta , pupils and parents. We highly recommend.’’

Wilbury Junior

Bring the curriculum to life. From inspirational images and memorable quotations, to periodic tables or historic timelines, we’ll help you find the right approach.

Get in touch with Customer Services today

Ordering Guidelines

Your order form must include;

l Your customer account number

l Product code and description

l Any additional / non standard options of the product such as heights, colours and the feet options of chairs

l Any special delivery instructions

l A contact name and telephone number

Direct

order notiﬁcation letter

An acknowledgement will be sent out to you once we have processed your order. Please check we have interpreted your order correctly. If you are unsure please contact us immediately.

Manufacturer Warranty

We o er information on the length of warranty for our products. Please note this o er is from the manufacturer and comes with terms and conditions. This is to help you make an informed decision.

Deliveries

Please see delivery time symbol for anticipated lead times. During peak times such as summer this can be extended. See our stock range for rapid delivery. Products unless otherwise speciﬁed will arrive fully assembled or be installed upon delivery. If you do not require this please contact us.

Ensure you are satisﬁed with the goods before signing the delivery note, and notify us within 24 hours of any discrepancies.

Direct Delivery

The six digit product codes for these items are printed in blue 123 456. These items will be delivered directly from our supplier.

Errors and Cancellations

In the event of any issues with your order please contact us immediately.

ORDER YOUR FURNITURE IN MAY FOR A SEPTEMBER DELIVERY

•Let us know if you are open during the holiday period

•Provide a mobile phone number & site contact

•Do not throw your old furniture away until your delivery has arrived

Summer is the busiest time for manufacturers so we will do our best to fulfill your orders on time

Lucia

Lucia is an ever popular crêpe weave synthetic panel fabric. It’s manufactured from 100% recycled polyester saving virgin raw materials and giving a reduced environmental footprint.

Composition

100% Post Consumer Recycled Polyester

Non metallic dyestuffs

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Solano YB088

Calypso

Ocean YB100

Bluebell YB097

Scuba YB089 Steel YB095

Martinique YB004

Monserrat YB011

Campeche YB301 Madura YB156

Apple YB096

Aruba YB093 Oyster YB107

Adobo YB165 Rum YB086 Buru YB170

Slip YB094

Tequila YB038

Blizzard YB108 Paseo YB019

Sombrero YB046

Havana YB009

Xtreme is a modern crepe weave fabric made from 100% post-consumer recycled polyester, diverting waste from landfll and saving virgin raw materials.

Composition

100% post-consumer recycled polyester

Non metallic dyestuffs

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee Independently certifed to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Solano YS072 Tortuga YS168

Lobster YS076

Belize YS105

Tokara YS136

Tobago YS030

Tarot YS084

Cayman YS024 Costa YS026 Ocean

Scuba YS082 Honeymoon YS035

Lombok YS159

Madura YS156

Aruba YS108 Adobo YS165

Rum YS173 Slip YS094

Krabi YS141

Blizzard YS081

Osumi YS171 Sombrero YS046

Bonaire YS172 Padang YS145 Havana YS009

Advantage

Low Hazard commercial seating fabric, Advantage, offers a combination of enduring aesthetic appeal and high performance durability which means it will look good and last for years.

Composition

60% Polypropylene, 30% Wool, 10% Viscose

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

For full technical specifcations or to order samples, visit www.camirafabrics.com

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Independently certifed to 60,000 Martindale cycles

Tawny AD098 Cinnamon AD111 Red AD014

Cranberry AD005

Grape AD029 Damson AD093 Beetroot AD116

Cobalt AD004

Hobbit AD213

Nightshade AD011

Aztec AD113

Aqua AD002

Kingfsher AD122

Turquoise AD027 Trident AD124

Pewter AD072

Mineral AD010

Granite AD009

Graphite AD066

Charcoal AD028 Black AD055

Citadel

A popular classic, Citadel is a hard-wearing synthetic upholstery fabric with a simple plain weave construction that carries a 10 year guarantee.

Composition

100% Flame Retardant

Polypropylene

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

For full technical specifcations or to order samples, visit www.camirafabrics.com

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee.

Independently certifed to ≥30,000 Martindale cycles

Fortress FL821

Redstone

Stillwater FL757

Hamilton FL010

Augusta FL125

Resistance FL830

Abide FL829

Drawbridge FL828

Beacon FL822

Hideaway FL824

Confne FL833

Redoubt FL832

Ralstone FL768

Craven FL019

Main Line Plus

Available in an extensive colour palette, this versatile plain weave fabric gives a smart appearance to most seating styles.

Composition

67% Wool, 20% Flame Retardant Viscose, 13% Viscose

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

For full technical specifcations or to order samples, visit www.camirafabrics.com

Abrasion Resistance

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Independently certifed to ≥50,000 Martindale cycles

Marmalade IF142 Red IF011

Ruby IF101

Bluebell YB097 Matador IF272

Penstemon IF147

Prudence IF250 Royal IF020

Bluenote IF149

Tuscany IF241

Wedgwood IF027

Cressida IF112

Mermaid IF231

Juniper IF084

Aquamarine IF141 Lead IF058

Girder IF276

Charcoal IF000

Black IF059

Citadel

Xtreme is a modern crepe weave fabric made from 100% post-consumer recycled polyester, diverting waste from landfll and saving virgin raw materials.

Composition

Phoenix is a cost-e ective simple crêpe weave fabric available in a wide selection of commercial colourways, suitable for task seating.

Xtreme is a modern crepe weave fabric made from 100% post-consumer recycled polyester, diverting waste from landfll and saving virgin raw materials.

A popular classic, Citadel is a hard-wearing synthetic upholstery fabric with a simple plain weave construction that carries a 10 year guarantee.

Composition

Abrasion Resistance

Abrasion Resistance*

Composition

100% Flame Retardant

Abrasion Resistance

100% Polyester

100% post-consumer recycled polyester

Polypropylene

100% post-consumer recycled polyester

Non metallic dyestuffs

100% post-consumer recycled polyester

Non metallic dyestuffs

fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee.

Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee

Independently certifed to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

Independently certifed to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Independently certifed to ≥30,000 Martindale cycles

Independently certiﬁed to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Abrasion Resistance Heavy duty / 10 year guarantee Independently certifed to ≥100,000 Martindale cycles

Photographic fabric scans are not colour accurate. Always request actual fabric samples before ordering.

or to order samples, visit

Blizzard

Apple

Scuba

Sombrero

Tarot

Montserrat

Paseo

Curacao

Solano

Belize

Taboo

Ocean Olympic

Calypso

Campeche

Costa

Lobster

Sandstorm

Bluebell

Havana

Guyana

Solano YS072 Tortuga YS168 Lobster YS076

Belize YS105

Tokara YS136 Tobago YS030

Tarot YS084

Cayman YS024 Costa YS026

Ocean YS100

Bluebell YS097

Curacao YS005

Scuba YS082

Honeymoon YS035

Martinique YS004

Windjammer YS047

Tonga YS160

Lombok YS159

Madura YS156 Apple YS096

Appledore YS077

Sandstorm YS071

Aruba YS108 Adobo YS165

Rum YS173 Slip YS094

Krabi YS141

Blizzard YS081

Osumi YS171 Sombrero YS046

Bonaire YS172

Padang YS145 Havana YS009

Solano YS072 Tortuga YS168 Lobster YS076 Belize YS105

Tokara YS136 Tobago YS030

Tarot YS084 Cayman YS024 Costa YS026 Ocean YS100

Bluebell YS097 Curacao YS005

Scuba YS082 Honeymoon YS035

Martinique YS004

Windjammer YS047

Tonga YS160 Lombok YS159

Madura YS156 Apple YS096 Appledore YS077

Sandstorm YS071

Aruba YS108 Adobo YS165

Rum YS173 Slip YS094

Krabi YS141 Blizzard YS081

Osumi YS171 Sombrero YS046

Bonaire YS172 Padang YS145 Havana YS009

YS072

Tortuga YS168 Lobster YS076 Belize YS105

Tokara YS136 Tobago YS030

Cayman YS024 Costa YS026 Ocean YS100

Bluebell YS097 Curacao YS005

YS082 Honeymoon YS035

Martinique YS004

Windjammer YS047 Tonga YS160 Lombok YS159

YS156 Apple YS096 Appledore YS077

Sandstorm YS071

Aruba YS108

Adobo YS165

Slip YS094

Krabi YS141

Blizzard YS081

Osumi YS171

Sombrero YS046

YS172 Padang YS145 Havana YS009

Photographic

Fortress FL821

Redstone FL076

Bingham FL801

Hold FL826

Stillwater FL757

Hamilton FL010

Augusta FL125

Resistance FL830

Abide FL829

Drawbridge FL828

Beacon FL822

Hideaway FL824

Confne FL833

Redoubt FL832

Ralstone FL768

Craven FL019

Chie ain Fabrics

Just Colour

Lupin Blue Steel Cool Blue

Blue Dune Putty

Jazzberry Bubblegum Raspberry CrushCandy

Deep Rose Cherry BlossomFuchsia

Purple Rain Grape Ultraviolet Blackberry

Jasmine White Elephant Gunmetal Grey

Magnum Almond Pecan Walnut

Golden Honey Sunblush Marigold

Mikado Rouge

Pear Wasabi Citrus Green Eden

Rainforest Moss Dijon

Scrubs Applemint Sea Green Teal

Ocean Blue Aquamarine Likoni

Please call customer services to arrange a free site survey

We have received fantastic support and advice throughout the project and are delighted with the workmanship. Their team of installers are very e cient.

PROJECT ADVICE

Our industry experts take the time to understand your vision

•Extensive range of products to suit every budget

•Managing school projects for over 60 years

•CAD drawings

•3D renders

•Space planning

Catherine Franchi School Business Manager, Selborne School

Whiteboards from page 290

Mobile Whiteboards from page 298

Mini Whiteboards from page 322

Easels from page 295

Frameless Whiteboards

WriteOn® Colour Edged Whiteboards

A stylish and a ordable non-magnetic whiteboard with tough coloured ABS edging. The board mounts flush to the wall giving a modern finish. Simple through the board fixings with matching coloured screwcaps. Mount white-edged boards together to create a whiteboard wall.

• Non-magnetic double sided board

•One side plain, one side with feint 20mm Guideline® grid to assist writing

• Matching coloured corner ﬁxings supplied

• Low proﬁle 2mm edging

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 393

900 x 1200 413 394

1200 x 1200 413 395

1200 x 1500 413 396

1200 x 1800 413 397

1200 x 2400 413 398

WriteOn® Whiteboard Wall

Create a continuous drywipe wall.

• Tough ABS white edged whiteboards mount ﬂush to the wall

• Simple through the board ﬁxings

• Double sided board featuring one side plain and one side with feint Guideline® on the reverse

• Low proﬁle 2mm edging

H x W mm

576 x 876 413 949

876 x 1176 413 950

1176 x 1176 413 951

1176 x 1476 413 952

1776 x 1779 413 953

1176 x 2376 413 954

WriteOn® frameless magnetic whiteboard

A framless magnetic whiteboard that enables you to create a continuous dry wipe whiteboard wall that accepts magnets by mounting boards next to each other.

• Template supplied for easy installation

• Can be mounted portrait or landscape

• Pen tray supplied

H x W mm

750 x 1150 414 072

1000 x 1500 414 073

Yellow Black White Blue Red Green Colour Options

Magnets

WriteOn® Non-Magnetic Dual Surface

This dual surfaced board has a plain surface on one side and feint Guideline® grid surface on the reverse. Ultra smooth surface makes erasing easy and reduces ghosting. Supplied with ﬁxings and pen tray.

• Aluminium frame

• Non-magnetic double sided board

• One side plain, one side with feint 20mm Guideline® grid to assist writing

• Corner ﬁxings supplied

• Includes pen tray

H x W mm

450 x 600 413 402

900 x 600 413 403

900 x 1200 413 404

1200 x 1200 413 405

1200 x 1500 413 406

1200 x 1800 413 407

1200 x 2400 413 408

£22.22

Aluminium Whiteboards

WriteOn® Magnetic Coated Steel Magnetic drywipe surface. The 5 year guarantee applies to the board surface.

• Corner ﬁxings supplied

• Includes pen tray

H x W mm

450 x 600 413 410

900 x 600 413 411

900 x 1200 413 412

1200 x 1200 413 413

1200 x 1500 413 414

1200 x 1800 413 415

1200 x 2400 413 416

WriteOn® Magnetic Vitreous Enamel Steel

Vitreous Enamel Steel is the most hard wearing whiteboard surface, Recommended for heavy use. The 25 year guarantee applies to the board surface.

• Magnetic VES hardwearing board surface

• Corner ﬁxings supplied

• Includes pen tray

H x W mm

450 x 600 413 419

900 x 600 413 420

900 x 1200 413 421

1200 x 1200 413 422

1200 x 1500 413 423

1200 x 1800 413 424

1200 x 2400 413 425

£29.95

£47.36

Accepts Magnets

Stylish Whiteboards

WriteOn® Glass Magnetic Whiteboard

The ultimate in contemporary drywipe presentations. The ultrasmooth surface cleans easily with no ghosting. Made from toughened safety glass with a steel back.

• Non-magnetic surface Accepts Super Strength Magnets Super Strength Magnets 25mm (2 pack) 413 469

• Superior quality glass board with quality ﬁnish

• Chrome mounts ‘ﬂoat’ the board away from the wall

• Available in a choice of 10 sizes up to 2.4 metres wide

• Accepts 25mm super strength neodinium magnets

• Optional matching glass pen tray available

H x W mm

500 x 500 413 457

600 x 450 413 458

900 x 600 413 459

1000 x 650 413 460 1200 x 900 413 463

1200 x 1200 413 464

1000 x 1500 413 461

1000 x 2000 413 462

1200 x 1800 413 465

1200 x 2400 413 466 Pen tray 413 467

WriteOn® Eco-Friendly Whiteboards

Quality whiteboards constructed from a large proportion of recycled materials.

• Economical environmentally friendly choice

• Contoured 35mm frame in Light Oak.

2 WK 3YR

Iiyama Interactive TE12 Display

•4K UHD Interactive Touchscreen: Immersive 3840x2160 resolution with vibrant colours and crisp detail for presentations and collaboration

•PureTouch-IR Multi-Touch Technology: Ultra-responsive infrared touch with up to 40 simultaneous touch points and precise interaction

•Android 14-based iiWare 13E platform built-in, featuring Google EDLA, iiyama DMS, Share, Note and other collaborative tools

•Wireless Sharing & Collaboration: Integrated iiyama Share / EShare support for e ortless content casting from devices

•Versatile Connectivity: Multiple inputs including HDMI, DisplayPort, USB-C (with power delivery), USB, LAN and Wi-Fi for ﬂexible device integration

• 65 Inch

237 315

• 75 Inch

237 314

• 86 Inch

237 313

2 WK 3YR

£860.45each

£1060.50each

£1306.67each

Iiyama TE13 Interactive Display

•4K UHD Interactive Display: Large 3840 x 2160 resolution for crisp visuals and detailed collaboration

•Google EDLA Certiﬁed with Android 14: Built-in Google Enterprise Device License Agreement and iiWare 21E for seamless access to Google and Android apps

•PureTouch-IR+ with Palm Rejection: Advanced touch technology with 40 touch points for accurate handwriting and gesture control

•Integrated Wireless & Collaboration Tools: Includes Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5 connectivity, iiShare wireless screen sharing, and iiControl device management

•Smart Sensors & Productivity Enhancers: PIR motion sensor for energy e ciency and pen pick-up sensor for instant access to key features

•Versatile Connectivity & Built-In Audio: Multiple HDMI, DisplayPort, USB-C ports and strong front-facing speakers with subwoofer support conferencing and multimedia use

• 65 Inch

237 329

• 75 Inch

237 317

• 86 Inch

237 316

£849.33each

£1090.83each

£1381.34each

2 WK 3YR

Iiyama TE15 Interactive Display

•4K UHD Display: Large 64.5” panel with a native 3840 x 2160 resolution delivers sharp, vibrant visuals ideal for presentations and collaboration.

•IPS Panel with Wide Viewing Angles: IPS technology provides consistent colour and clarity from virtually any angle (178°/178°)

•Advanced Multi-Touch via DeepContrast-IR+: Supports up to 40 touch points with ultra-smooth, responsive interaction and natural annotation

•Android 14 with Google EDLA Certiﬁcation: Built-in iiWare 21E OS o ers Whiteboard, wireless sharing, and seamless Google app integration

•Smart Connectivity & Sensors: Integrated Wi-Fi 6, Bluetooth 5.0, NFC reader and PIR motion sensor support e cient connectivity and energy savings

•Optimised for Collaboration: Includes wireless screen sharing tools (iiShare, EShare) and enhanced presentation features for team or classroom use

• 65 Inch

237 318

• 75 Inch

237 330

• 86 Inch

237 331

£1060.50each

£1234.34each

£1568.01each

Cygnet Flipchart Easel

The Cygnet ﬂipchart easel is an a ordable easel with premium features.

• Magnetic dry wipe surface

• Adjustable ﬂip pad holders

• Rear leg brace

• Clip on pen tray

Board Size: H1000 x W700mm

Max Height: 1850mm

Weight: 8kg

Cygnet Easel 413 347

Flipchart Easels

Hawk Flipchart Easel

The Hawk o ers great stability and style at an a ordable price.

• Height Adjustable

• Rear leg tie bar

• Telescopic legs

Board Size: H1000 x W680mm Max Height: 1850mm

10kg

Accepts Magnets

Magnetic Flipchart Easels

Buzzard Mobile Flipchart Easel

The Buzzard is an easily moveable, springloaded height adjustable easel. With two side arms for displaying completed sheets and adjustable ﬂip pad hangers.

•Magnetic dry wipe surface

• Sturdy star base with 5 lockable castors

• Fully height adjustable

• Full width pen tray

• Adjustable ﬂip pad hangers

Board Size: H1000 x W680mm

Height: 1900mm

14.5kg

Quatro Flipchart Easel

A premium and stylish feature-packed easel, can be used either standing or seated. Back feet have wheels for easy movement. Integrated rear carry handle aids lifting and carrying.

•Excellent for children & wheelchair friendly

• Side arm for displaying completed sheets

• Light construction

Board Size: H1000 x W700mm

Max Height: 1920mm

Weight: 11kg

413 449

Quatro

Accepts Magnets

Ultimate Loop Leg

One of our best selling ﬂip chart models with many practical features. This easel is fully height adjustable and can be reduced down for use on a desktop. The Writeon® whiteboard is double sided and can be tilted to an angle suitable for writing. The loop leg base doubles as a stabilising foot bar.

• Double sided magnetic whiteboard

• Loop leg base

• Fully height adjustable

• Whiteboard angle can be tilted

Board Size: H860 x W650mm

Max Height: 1720mm

Weight: 7.15kg

Blue 413 473

Red 413 474

Green 413 475

Grey 413 476

Black 413 477

White 413 478

Carry Bag 413 479

WriteOn® 3 in 1 Combination Mobile Board

This popular mobile combination board is a practical, space-saving and budgetfriendly presentation tool. The boards are height adjustable and double sided. One side has a magnetic whiteboard with a clamp for displaying ﬂipchart pads and the other has a pinnable board on the reverse.

• Double sided boards - one side whiteboard, one side felt pin board

• Integrated ﬂipchart holder on whiteboard side

• Whiteboard surface accepts magnets

• Stable powder coated steel frame with 4 castors (2 locking)

Blue only H x W

1200 x 700 413 513

Grey Board H x W

1200 x 700 413 514

1000 x 1000 413 515

Magnetic Flipchart Easels

BEST SELLER

Freestanding Display

Flipchart clamp

Blue Grey

Freestanding Mobile Noticeboards/Whiteboards

Write-Angle Revolving Whiteboards

Versatile mobile whiteboard with dual action pivoting board.

Double sided whiteboard that can pivot on either its horizontal or vertical axis, enabling both sides to be used, or the surface angled towards the audience. Available with either a coated steel writing surface that has the advantage of accepting magnets, or non-magnetic surface that is one side plain, one side gridded, with a 20mm feint grid.

• A choice of 5 sizes available, up to 1.8m wide. all with a sturdy steel frame and 4 castors, 2 of which are locking.

H x W mm

Guideline® Laminate

900 x 1200 414 123

1200 x 900 414 124

1200 x 1200 414 125

1200 x 1500 414 126

1200 x 1800 414 127

Magnetic Coated Steel

900 x 1200 414 128

1200 x 900 414 129

1200 x 1200 414 130

1200 x 1500 414 13 1200 x 1800 414 132

WriteOn® Revolving Mobile Whiteboard

Double sided Whiteboards that can pivot to the desired angle. Range of 5 sizes up to 1.8m wide. For use with drywipe pens. 2 drywipe surface options - Guideline® or Magnetic. Guideline® - 20mm feint grid one side, plain on the other.

Magnetic - Coated steel writing surface, which accepts magnets. Both sides plain

• Simple self assembly

• Rotates through horizontal axis

• Lightweight frame with 4 castors, 2 locking

• Full width pen tray

H x W mm

Guideline® Laminate

900 x 1200 413 493

1200 x 900 413 494

1200 x 1200 413 495

1200 x 1500 413 496

1200 x 1800 413 497

Magnetic Coated Steel

900 x 1200 413 498

1200 x 900 413 499

1200 x 1200 413 500

1200 x 1500 413 501

1200 x 1800 413 502

WriteOn® Height Adjustable Mobile Whiteboards

An anodised aluminium sturdy white frame supports the double sided dry wipe board.

• Height adjustable in 210mm increments

• 4 castors, 2 locking

• Panels can be mounted portrait or landscape

Height Adjustable Mobile Noticeboards

Double sided mobile pinnable panels framed in anodised aluminium and mounted on sturdy white frame with locking castors.

• Height adjustable panels

• Mount either portrait and landscape

Aluminium A Frames

A freestanding double sided poster frame that folds ﬂat for easy portability and storage.

• External version has weatherproof seals

• Contents are protected by anti-glare UV resistant covers.

BusyGrip® Poster Display Frames

Wide range of popular sized poster frames ﬁnished in satin anodised aluminium or in a choice of 5 colours.

• Frames simply snap open and closed to change the poster

• Poster is protected by anti glare UV resistant cover

• Mounts portrait or landscape with ﬁxings provided

• 25mm frame

Aluminium Frame H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 962

A4 Pack of 10 413 961

A3420 x 297 413 880

A2594 x 420 413 881

A1840 x 594 413 882

A0 1189 x 840 413 883

B2 700 x 500 413 884

B11000 x 700 413 885

Packs of 5 H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 886

A3 420 x 297 413 887

Coloured Frame H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 888

A3 420 x 297 413 889

A2 594 x 420 413 890

A1 840 x 594 413 891

A0 1189 x 840 413 892

B2 700 x 500 413 893

B1 1000 x 700 413 894

£12.57

£72.76

£16.10

Poster Frames

Fire Retardant Poster Frame

Aluminium Fire Retardant Frame Frame is fire classified for EN13501-1 Class B s1 d0. Bayer B1 fire retardant anti-reflex poster protection. Perfect for educational, commercial and public places.

Aluminium Fire Retardant Frame

A4 297 x 210 413 963

A3 420 x 297 414 158

A2 594 x 420 414 159

A1 840 x 594 414 160

A0 1189 x 840 414 161

Locking Poster Frames

These weather resistant locking poster cases are designed to take standard paper sizes.

• Clips inside the case hold paper securely

• Single lock on 3 smaller sizes, 2 on the rest.

H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 895

A3420 x 297 413 896

A2594 x 420 413 897

A1840 x 594 413 898

A0 1189 x 840 413 899

B2 700 x 500 413 900

External poster frame with opening tool included

External Poster Frames

This snap frame is ﬁtted with a weatherproof seal. High strength springs prevent tampering.

• Unique tool (supplied) required to open the frame

• UV protective ﬁlm prevents fading

B1 1000 x 700 413 901 H x W mm

A4 297 x 210 413 902

A3420 x 297 413 903

A2594 x 420 413 904

A1840 x 594 413 905

A0 1189 x 840 413 906

B2700 x 500 413 907

B1 1000 x 700 413 908

Standard Felt Noticeboards

Felt Range

Our standard Felt range is a traditional felt cloth designed for use with pins.

Felt Unframed Noticeboards

Simple frameless design.

• Mounts through the board with ﬁxings (supplied)

* 3 larger sizes supplied in 2 parts

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 570

900 x 1200 413 571

1200 x 1200 413 572

1200 x 1500* 413 573

1200 x 1800* 413 574

1200 x 2400* 413 575

Felt Aluminium Frame Noticeboards

Smart and durable aluminium frames complement the traditional felt cloth.

• Aluminium frame has concealed corner ﬁxings (supplied)

• Mount portrait or landscape

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 576

900 x 1200 413 577

1200 x 1200 413 578

1200 x 1500 413 579

1200 x 1800 413 580

1200 x 2400 413 581

Felt Tamperproof Noticeboards

Market leading range of tamperproof noticeboards designed to protect your displays. Lockable noticeboards with sturdy high quality locks and hinges. Larger sizes have 2 doors.

• Traditional felt board covering • 2 matching locks per door

• Supplied complete with ﬁxings

Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 582

1200 x 900 413 583

1200 x 1200 413 584

Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 585

1200 x 2400 413 586

Felt Colour Options

Blue Burgundy Red Grey Green

ColourPlus® Unframed Noticeboards

Simple unframed styling with through the board ﬁxings.

* 3 larger sizes supplied in 2 parts

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 587

900 x 1200 413 588

1200 x 1200 413 589

1200 x 1500* 413 590

1200 x 1800* 413 591

1200 x 2400* 413 592

£30.43

£40.55

£49.26

£58.54

£73.36

ColourPlus® Aluminium Frame Noticeboards

Smart and durable aluminium frames complement the vibrant ColourPlus® loop nylon boards.

• Aluminium frame has concealed corner ﬁxings (supplied)

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 593

900 x 1200 413 594

1200 x 1200 413 595

1200 x 1500 413 596

1200 x 1800 413 597

1200 x 2400 413 598

ColourPlus® Noticeboards

Range

Our ColourPlus® noticeboard range is designed to stand out from the crowd. 6 vibrant colours will liven up your workspace or classroom.

ColourPlus® is a loop nylon fabric designed to work with both pins and hook fasteners. Choose from Frameless, Aluminium Frame or Tamperproof versions.

ColourPlus® Tamperproof Noticeboards

These tamperproof noticeboards will protect your displays. Lockable noticeboards with sturdy high quality locks and hinges. Larger sizes have 2 doors.

• 2 matching locks per door

• Supplied complete with ﬁxings

Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 599

1200 x 900 413 600

1200 x 1200 413 601

Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 602

1200 x 2400 413 603

Range

Colour Options

Magenta Lilac Purple Apple Orange Cyan

Fade Resistant Noticeboards

Fade Resistant Unframed Noticeboards

Simple frameless design

• Ideal for use in areas that have high levels of sunlight as the fabric used has non-fading capabilities

larger sizes supplied in 2 parts

Fade Resistant Aluminium Frame Noticeboards

Smart and durable aluminium frames complement the fade resistant felt cloth.

• Aluminium frame has concealed corner ﬁxings (supplied)

• Mount portrait or landscape

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 604

900 x 1200 413 605

1200 x 1200 413 606

1200 x 1500 413 607

1200 x 1800 413 608

1200 x 2400 413 609

Fade Resistant Tamperproof Noticeboards

Market leading range of tamperproof noticeboards designed to protect your displays. Lockable noticeboards with sturdy high quality locks and hinges.

• Fade resistant felt board covering • 2 matching locks per door

• Supplied complete with ﬁxings

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 616

1200 x 900 413 618

1200 x 1200 413 619

1200 x 1800 413 620

1200 x 2400 413 621

Eco-Colour® Unframed

Resist-A-Flame® Noticeboards

These modern frameless boards are practical and lightweight. Mount them side by side to create a noticeboard wall.

• Produced using recycled material

• Pinnable noticeboards with no cloth covering

• Suitable for mounting in corridors

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 915

900 x 1200 413 916

1200 x 1200 413 917

1200 x 1500 413 918

1200 x 1800 413 919

1200 x 2400 413 920

£27.73

£45.44

£59.49

£70.45

£85.49

£110.42

Eco-Colour® Aluminium Frame

Resist-A-Flame® Noticeboards

Smart and durable aluminium frames ﬁnish

o the Eco-Colour® boards with style.

• Produced using recycled material

• Pinnable noticeboards with no cloth covering

• Suitable for mounting in corridors

• Mounts through concealed corner ﬁxings

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 648

900 x 1200 413 649

1200 x 1200 413 650

1200 x 1500 413 651

1200 x 1800 413 652

1200 x 2400 413 653

Eco-Colour® Resist-a-Flame® Noticeboards

Eco-Colour® is an incredibly versatile material with many valuable properties. Produced using over 50% recycled and is fully recyclable. Eco-Colour® is a lightweight, colourful, pinnable product that also has sound-absorbing qualities. Eco-Colour® forms part of our Resist-a-Flame® range as it is fully tested and classiﬁed to European ‘Reaction to Fire’ test standard enabling use in sensitive public areas such as corridors, stairways and entrances. Core complies with BS-EN13501-1.

Unframed board

100% recyclable

A typical 900 x 1200mm board contains 33 x 25g recycled plastic bottles.

Eco-Colour® Tamperproof

Resist-A-Flame® Noticeboards

Lockable noticeboards with sturdy high quality locks and hinges.

• Produced using recycled material

• Clear covers tested separately to BS476 Part 7 and classiﬁed as Class 1.

• Pinnable noticeboards with no cloth covering

• Suitable for mounting in corridors

• 2 matching locks per door

• Supplied complete with ﬁxings

Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 654

1200 x 900 413 655

1200 x 1200 413 656

Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 657

1200 x 2400 413 658

Purple Raspberry

Green

Blue Natural Lt. Blue Charcoal Grey

Orange Apple Red

Ink

Eco-Colour® Resist-a-Flame® Corridor Tamperproof Noticeboards

Ideal for use in corridors

Complies with public area building regulations

Preferred Fire Retardant Product

Eco-Colour® Resist-a-Flame®

Corridor Tamperproof Noticeboards

Market leading range of ﬁre retardant covered noticeboards designed to protect your displays.

Made in the UK, these models meet the guidelines set in the BB100 document for safeguarding against ﬁre in schools. Top hinged models have door support stays and are compliant to the latest building regulations for corridor applications.

• Two locks with matching keys

Top Hinged with Support Stays

H x W mm

600 x 900 413 659

900 x 900 413 660

900 x 1200 413 661

1200 x 900 413 662

1200 x 1200 413 663

900 x 1800* 413 664

1200 x 1800* 413 665

1200 x 2400* 413 666

* Double door top hinged models are supplied in 2 panels for ease of installation.

Resist-a-Flame® noticeboard construction has been tested and classiﬁed to European ‘Reaction to Fire’ test standard and is suitable for use within sensitive public areas such as corridors, stairways and entrances.

The cloth and pinboard core assembly is classiﬁed as B according to BS-EN 13501-1.

This identiﬁes that these products can be used in the same areas as products tested to BS476 Parts 6 & 7 and classiﬁed as 0.

Lockable models have clear covers tested separately to BS476 Part 7 and classiﬁed as Class 1.

Purple Raspberry Green Blue Natural Lt. Blue Charcoal Grey Orange Apple Red

Shield® Open Noticeboards

A premium range of aluminium framed noticeboards with a distinctive contemporary styling.

• Available in satin aluminium or 5 attractive frame colours and wood e ect

• Concealed corner ﬁxings

• Part of the Shield® co-ordinated range of display products

• Loop Nylon board

Aluminium framed

Loop Nylon H x W mm

900 x 600 413 673

900 x 1200 413 674

1200 x 1200 413 675

1200 x 1800 413 676

1200 x 2400 413 677

Coloured and wood e ect frame

Loop Nylon H x W mm

900 x 600 413 693

900 x 1200 413 694

1200 x 1200 413 695

1200 x 1800 413 696

1200 x 2400 413 697

Shield® Tamperproof Noticeboards

The Shield® Tamperproof o ers contemporary styling, coloured frame options and heavy duty construction.

• 3mm heavy duty PET covers

• Two keyed locks on each unit

• Concealed hinges, and concealed wall ﬁttings

Aluminium Framed

Loop Nylon Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 683

900 x 1200 413 684

1200 x 1200 413 685

Aluminium Framed

Loop Nylon Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 686

1200 x 2400 413 687

Coloured and wood e ect frame

Loop Nylon Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 703

900 x 1200 413 704

1200 x 1200 413 705

Coloured and wood e ect frame

Loop Nylon Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 706

1200 x 2400 413 707

Shield® Design Noticeboards

Shield® Aluminium Noticeboards

The premium Shield® range is available in a smart and contemporary aluminium light oak wood e ect ﬁnish, 5 coloured framed options and standard aluminium.

• Concealed corner ﬁxings supplied

• Can be mounted portrait or landscape

• Supplied as part of our Eco-Colour® range

Aluminium framed Eco-Colour® H x W mm

900 x 600 413 678

900 x 1200 413 679

1200 x 1200 413 680

1200 x 1800 413 681

1200 x 2400 413 682

Coloured and wood e ect frame

Eco-Colour® H x W mm 900 x 600 413 698 900 x 1200 413 699

1200 x 1200 413 700

1200 x 1800 413 701

1200 x 2400 413 702

Shield® Tamperproof Noticeboards

The Shield® Tamperproof o ers premium contemporary styling, and a choice of framed ﬁnishes.

• Heavy duty construction.

• 3mm heavy duty PET covers

• Two keyed locks on each unit

• Concealed hinges, and concealed wall ﬁttings

Aluminium Framed

Eco-Colour® Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 688

900 x 1200 413 689

1200 x 1200 413 690

Aluminium Framed

Eco-Colour® Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 691

1200 x 2400 413 692

Coloured and wood e ect frame

Eco-Colour® Single Door H x W mm

900 x 600 413 708

900 x 1200 413 709

1200 x 1200 413 710

Coloured and wood e ect frame

Eco-Colour® Double Door H x W mm

1200 x 1800 413 711

1200 x 2400 413 712

Eco-Friendly Noticeboards

This popular range of Eco-Friendly noticeboards are constructed from a large proportion of recycled materials.

• Smart contoured 35mm frame

• Attractive frame in Light Oak ﬁnish

Felt Colours & Cork H x W mm

900 x 600 413 554

900 x 1200 413 555

1200 x 1200 413 556

1200 x 1500 413 557

1200 x 1800 413 558

ColourPlus® Loop Nylon H x W mm

900 x 600 413 560

900 x 1200 413 561

1200 x 1200 413 562

1200 x 1500 413 563

1200 x 1800 413 564

1200 x 2400 413 565

Eco-Friendly Noticeboards

Eco-Friendly Eco-Colour® Noticeboards

A range of Eco-Friendly noticeboards with Eco-Colour® board inﬁlls.

• 35mm wide frames are made almost entirely from timber industry bi-products

• Eco-Colour® core has sound absorbing qualities with an NRC rating up to 0.8

• Pinboard surface has no fabric and is made from recycled material

• Boards can be mounted portrait or landscape with concealed ﬁxings provided

H x W mm

900 x 600 413 566

900 x 1200 413 567

1200 x 1800 413 568

1200 x 2400 413 569

eco-colour® Range

Light Oak Frame

Light Oak Frame with Eco-Colour® board

Magenta Lilac Purple Apple Orange Cyan

Blue GreyCork Red Green Colour

Colours & Cork ColourPlus® Loop Nylon

Shield® Exterior Showcases

Aluminium Shield® Exterior Showcases

Popular Shield® Exterior range is available with a choice of 7 frame ﬁnishes including Light Oak wood e ect.

High quality finish, manufactured in th UK

Independently tested showcase certified to IP55 standard for water and dust ingress

Available as post-mounted or wall mounted

Folding Display Panel Systems

LightFolding Exhibition System

Plastic edged panels snap together for easy assembly. Panels have grey plastic trim with blue loop nylon fabric suitable for pins and hook fasteners.

Tabletop Display

Portrait Tabletop Display

• 3 portrait panels with header

• Includes free carry bag

Board Size: H1100 x W1800mm Weight: 4kg

945

6 Panel Display

• 6 portrait panels

Board Size: H1800 x W1800mm

Weight: 8.5kg

Wider choice available in the Metroplan section on p.

Freestanding Display

7 Panel Display

• 7 portrait panels with plinth top

Board Size: H1800 x W1800mm Weight: 13.7kg

Landscape Tabletop Display

• 3 landscape panels with header

• Includes free carry bag

Board Size: H800 x W1800mm

Weight: 3kg

8 Panel Display

• 8 portrait panels

Board Size: H1800 x W2400mm Weight: 11kg

Portrait

Landscape

BusyFold® Exhibition and Display Systems

BusyFold® Tabletop Display

Portrait Tabletop Display

• 3 portrait panels with header

• Includes free carry bag

Board Size: H1100 x W1800mm

Weight: 4kg

Black Frame 413 964 Grey Frame 413 965

Landscape

Landscape Tabletop Display

• 3 landscape panels with header

• Includes free carry bag

Board Size: H800 x W1800mm

Weight: 3kg

Black Frame 413 966

Grey Frame 413 967

BusyFold® Panel Range

BusyFold® Light Kit with Plastic Frame

• Sturdy plastic hinges

• 2 halves and header panels snap together

BusyFold® Light XL Kit with Plastic Frame Panel size 700 x 1000mm,

• Sturdy plastic hinges

• 2 halves and header panels snap together 6 Panel + Header H 2200 x W 2100 10.5kg

BusyFold® Heavy Duty Kit with Aluminium Frame Panel

• Interlocking gear hinge mechanism

• 2 halves lock together with sliders

Our BusyFold® range of exhibition and display panels are durable, smart and sturdy. Designed to be easily put together with minimum fuss, these double sided panels will give your displays a professional ﬁnish, time after time. Choose from 13 di erent Loop Nylon colour options detailed above.

Black Frame

Grey Frame

Colour Options

Royal Twin Red Emerald YellowBurgundy Black

Orange Lilac Cyan PurpleMagenta Apple

Display Systems

MightyBoard Heavy Duty Display System

Our MightyBoard Display system is perfect if you want to create a large semipermanent display.

• Our largest display panel size of up to 1800 x 1200mm.

• Overall height 1800mm

• Choice of 13 loop nylon colours with black frame

Grandstand Kit A 6 x 900 x 900mm panels. 2 x 900 x 200mm header panels. Overall size: 2000(H) x 2700mm(W). Over 5 square metres of display area, both sides.

Grandstand Kit B

3 x 1200 x 900mm panels. 2 x 1200 x 200mm header panels. Overall size: 2000(H) x 3000mm(W). Over 3 square metres of display area, both sides.

Grandstand Expandable Display

Lightweight pole and panel display system. Large 900 x 900mm or 900 x 1200mm panels can be mounted portrait or landscape. 2 piece poles in lightweight steel. 2 header panels per kit - 1 in colour matched loop nylon, 1 with black one side/white on reverse for your own lettering. Choice of 14 loop nylon colours.

Royal Twin Red Emerald YellowBurgundy Black Orange Lilac Cyan PurpleMagenta Apple

Kit

Triple Safety Screens

This popular mobile screen system is supplied as a set of 3 panels complete with 2 way linking strips and castor feet, for a combination of maximum stability and mobility.

• Removable linking strips so panels stack together for easy storage.

• Lockable castors

Panel Size (x3) H x W mm Black Trim

1225 x 1200 413 777

1525 x 1200 413 778

1825 x 1200 413 779

£445.90

£503.78

Panel Size (x3) H x W mm Grey Trim

1225 x 1200 413 780

1525 x 1200 413 781

1825 x 1200 413 782

Display Systems

BusyScreen® Curve

Rounded Divider Screens

A range of freestanding screens with soft rounded edges and corners. Ideal for schools and nurseries.

• Sturdy construction with a pair of stable saddle feet

• Pinnable panels are ideal for displaying children’s artwork or posters

• Castor feet are available in place of the stabiliser feet to create a mobile screen

• Certiﬁed to BSEN 1023:2000 parts 2 and 3

H x W mm

900 x 1000 413 815

1200 x 1000 413 816

1200 x 1200 413 817

1450 x 1200 413 818 1600 x 1200 413 819 1800 x 1600 413 820

413 804

Woven Cloth Colour

Magenta Loop Nylon with a Grey Trim Royal Woven Cloth with a Black Trim

Ink Navy Emerald Gunmetal Dk Wine Royal Scarlet Lt grey Blueberry Black Yellow

Display Systems

BusyScreen® Floorstanding Partitions

Use a combination of ﬂat and curved screens to divide your space. Our 32mm thick panels provide excellent acoustic shadow.

• Flat panels supplied with a pair of stabiliser feet, can be upgraded to castors

• Loop Nylon panels are hook fasteners friendly

• Woven Cloth conforms to surface spread of ﬂame test BS476 part 7 class 1, BS EN 1021-1 and is also light fast to meet or exceed ISO 105

• A ﬂexible linking strip is included for 2, 3 and 4 way linking

• Panels accept pins

• Available in standard ﬂat or curved screens

• Colour options can be found on BusyScreen® Curved Rounded Divider Screens page

• Certiﬁed to BSEN 1023:2000 parts 2 and 3

BusyScreen® Curve Desk Screens

Matching the BusyScreen® Curve divider screens, these desk screens are available in all popular desk widths. Desk clamps supplied as standard (Suitable for desks 1230 mm thick).

H x W mm

400 x 1800 413 821

400 x 1600 413 822

400 x 1200 413 823

400 x 800 413 824

Brackets - Optional extra Fits desks over 30mm thick 413 813

Desktop Screens

Available in both wave and straight topped versions. Straight desk screens measure 400mm high. Wave desk screens measure 400 to 600mm high. Screens are 32mm thick. Available in a woven and loop nylon. Desk clamps supplied as standard (Suitable for desks 12- 30 mm thick).

Rectangular Desk Screens H x W mm

400 x 1800 413 805

400 x 1600 413 806

400 x 1200 413 807

400 x 800 413 808

Wave Desk Screens H x W mm

400-600 x 1800 413 809

400-600 x 1600 413 810

400-600 x 1200 413 814

400-600 x 800 413 811

Brackets - Optional

Magenta Loop Nylon with a Grey Trim

Woven Cloth with a Black Trim

Premium Glazed Display Cases

Tower Showcase

A tall narrow showcase with 4 glass shelves, side hinged lockable doors and 4 castors, of which 2 are lockable.

Dimensions: 1932 (H) x 500 (W) x 500mm (D)

Weight: 80kg

No lighting 414 038

With down lights 414 039

Tower Showcase with cupboard

A tall narrow showcase with 3 glass shelves, a small cupboard, side hinged lockable doors and 4 castors, of which 2 are lockable.

Dimensions: 1932 (H) x 500 (W) x 500 mm(D)

Weight: 70kg

No lighting 414 040 With down lights 414 041

Wide Tower Showcase

A wide showcase with 4 glass shelves, lockable sliding doors and 5 castors, of which 3 are lockable.

Dimensions: 1932 (H) x 1000(W) x 450mm (D) Weight: 125kg No lighting 414 042 With down lights 414 043

Wide Tower Showcase with cupboard

A wide showcase with 3 glass shelves, a lockable cupboard, lockable sliding doors and 5 castors, of which 3 are lockable.

Dimensions: 1932 (H) x 1000 (W) x 450mm (D) Weight: 110kg/ 115kg No lighting 414 044 With down lights 414 045

Expanda-Stand™ Leaﬂet Dispensers

Expanda-Stand™

Leaﬂet Display Range

This economical range of leaﬂet or brochure display is available with A4, A5 or 1/3 A4 pockets. Pockets have a generous 26mm capacity and more than half of your literature is on view. Supplied in easy assembly kits, the acrylic pockets simply slot together and hang from a wall rail (ﬁxings supplied).

Clear Range

4 x A41x4 columns 414 074

6 x A4 2x3 columns 413 955

8 x A42x4 columns 414 059

9 x A4 3x3 columns 413 956

12 x A4 4x3 columns 413 957

16 x A44x4 columns 414 060

4 x A4 and 4 x 1/3 A4 2xA4 & 4x1/3 columns 414 061

8 x A52x4 columns 414 062

12 x A5 3x4 columns 413 958

12 x 1/3A4 3x4 columns 413 959

16 x 1/3 A44x4 columns 414 063

24 x 1/3A4 6x4 columns 413 960

32 x 1/3A4 8x4 columns 414 064

Coloured Range

6 x A4 2x3 columns 414 088

8 x A42x4 columns 414 089

9 x A4 3x3 columns 414 090

12 x A4 4x3 columns 414 091

16 x A44x4 columns 414 092

4 x A4 and 4 x 1/3 A4 2xA4 & 4x1/3 columns 414 093

8 x A52x4 columns 414 086

12 x A5 3x4 columns 414 087

12 x 1/3A4 3x4 columns 414 082

16 x 1/3 A44x4 columns 414 083

24 x 1/3A4 6x4 columns 414 084

32 x 1/3A4 8x4 columns 414 085

Expanda-Stand™ Foyer Stand

This attractive foyer stand has a range of conﬁgurations with clear pockets available in A4, A5 and 1/3 A4. The pockets have a generous 26mm capacity with more than half your literature on view. The product is supplied ﬂatpacked for easy assembly.

Clear Range

A 12 x A4 414 065

B 21 x A5 414 066

C 28 x 1/3 A4 414 067

Coloured Range

A 12 x A4 414 094

B 21 x A5 414 095

C 28 x 1/3 A4 414 096

Expanda-stand™ Colour Options Example of

Expanda-Stand™ Carousel

A competitively priced freestanding literature stand with clear plastic pockets which can be rotated 360 degrees. The pockets supplied are available in A4, A5 or 1/3 A4. The product is supplied ﬂatpacked for easy assembly.

Clear Range

A 18 x A4 414 068

B 18 x A5 414 069

C 36 x 1/3 A4 414 070

Optional Header 414 071

Coloured Range

A 18 x A4 414 097

B 18 x A5 414 098

C 36 x 1/3 A4 414 099

Optional Header 414 100

Blue Red Lt Blue Grey White

Expanda-Stand™ Solo

These attractive coloured leaﬂet dispensers are supplied in 3 popular leaﬂet sizes: 1/3 A4, A5 and A4.

They are available in 6 colours: White, Light Blue, Grey, Red, Blue and Green. The individual pockets clip together and simply hang on the wall bracket provided. Pocket capacity is 26mm.

All ﬁxings and instructions are provided. A5 and 1/3A4 version can be mounted next to each other.

A4 3 Pockets 414 076

A4 6 Pockets 414 077

A5 4 Pockets 414 078

A5 8 Pockets 414 079

1/3 A4 4 Pockets 414 080

1/3 A4 8 Pockets 414 081

Example of Expanda-Stand™ Pockets Colours

Leaﬂet Dispensers

Wave

Leaﬂet

Dispensers

A stylish and contemporary leaﬂet dispenser with 4 shelves to accommodate up to 35mm of brochures.

• Stable ﬂoor units, supplied with optional castors for mobility.

• Simple self assembly

• Takes 4 or 8 sets of A4 literature.

4xA4 (H x W x D) 1430 x 350 x 310mm

8xA4 (H x W x D) 1430 x 500 x 310mm

GREY 413 857 413 860

WHITE 413 858 413 861

BLACK 413 859 413 862

Expanda-Stand™ Colour Options

Blue Red Lt Blue Grey White

Green

Curved Lectern

• Attractive design

• Small shelf for storage

•Supplied assembled Dimensions: 1256 (H) x 600 (W) x 406mm (D)

Black 414 046

Maple 414 047

Lecterns

Pedestal Lectern

• Attractive design

• Small shelf for storage

•Supplied assembled

Dimensions: 1236 (H) x 600 (W) x 400mm (D)

Black 414 048

Maple 414 049 Oak 414 139

Folding Lectern

• Folds away for easy storage

• Platform has two di erent angles to suit laptop, tablet or paper notes.

Dimensions: 1280 (H) x 620 (W) x 480mm (D)

Desktop Dimensions: 550 (H) x 620 (W) x 480mm (D)

Black 414 054

Maple 414 055

Maple Desktop Lectern 414 056

Secure Lectern

• Lockable cupboard for security

• Cupboard has an adjustable shelf

• A ﬁxed shelf for easy access

•Supplied assembled Dimensions: 1236 (H) x 620 (W) x 543mm (D)

Black 414 057

Maple 414 058 Oak 414 140

Presenters Lectern

• Small shelf for storage

• Supplied Assembled

•A3 poster frame option

Dimensions: 1231 (H) x 600 (W) x 400mm (D)

Black 414 050

Maple 414 051

Black with black poster frame 414 052

Maple with silver poster frame 414 053

Panel Front Lectern

•Mobile lectern which has 2 lockable castors for safety.

•Avaliable in 9 colours: Beech, Maple, White, Black, Blue, Grey, Lime, Orange and Red

• Requires simple self-assembly

Dimensions: 1236 (H) x 620 (W) x 543mm (D) Please add in colour 412 446

WriteOn® Junior Desktop Easels

Portable junior easel designed for desktop use. Available with a multicoloured frame or aluminium.

• Dry wipe surface

• Accepts magnets

• Supplied with clamps for paper or pads

H x W (mm) 500 x 600

Multi frame 413 535

Aluminium Frame 413 536

£55.76

Junior Whiteboards & Easels

WriteOn® Big Book Desk Easels

Tabletop easel with big book rest. The perfect angle for displaying big books in class.

• Dry wipe surface

• Accepts magnets

• Hinged rear support ensures the board cannot tilt over

H x W (mm)

600 x 800 413 537

£64.46

WriteOn® Junior Mobile Whiteboards

Tilting double-sided dry-wipe board, lockable in any position. White frame version has 2 plain sides. Red stand version has a multicoloured framed whiteboard that has a grid on one side and plain reverse.

• Full length pen tray

• 4 lockable castors

Board Size:

H 600mm W 900mm

Overall Height 1300mm

Red 413 538

White 413 539

WriteOn® Junior Big Book

Mobile Easel

Fixed height drywipe whiteboard also accepts magnets.

• Steel storage tray below

• Castors on 2 legs aids mobility

• Full width big book platform

• Easy self assembly

Board Size: H 900mm W 600mm 413 540

shine Whereideas bright time a er time

Show-me StayClean Whiteboards wipe clearer and stay cleaner for longer. Ink li s easily, surfaces stay hygienically clean, and every lesson begins with a clean slate ready for bright ideas.

Each set contains an A4 Whiteboard, Marker, Mini Foam Eraser and each pack contains complementary cleaning products.

916 109Plain/Plain Classpack35 Sets

480 015Lined/Plain Classpack35 Sets

480 002Gridded/Plain Classpack35 Sets

480 023Plain/Plain Bulk Box100 Sets

480 024Lined/Plain Bulk Box100 Sets

480 006Gridded/Plain Bulk Box100 Sets

Keeping

your

whiteboards superclean

To keep your Show-me Boards in pristine condition, just follow this simple 3-step process:

Erase

After each use, ask your pupils to wipe away all the ink using a Show-me Cleaning Cloth or Eraser.

Regularly spray with our Whiteboard Cleaner. Wipe away any stains and repeat as required.

Key concept mastery

Our subject speciﬁc whiteboards help your pupils master important concepts

2-Year Guarantee

Show-me boards are protected against germs.

PVC-Free Antimicrobial Surface

Safer for you and the environment.

We’ve got your back. Show-me boards are covered for two years, Ensuring long-lasting quality.

StayClean Technology

Ensuring your boards stay clean for longer.

Anti-Glare

Making it easier to see from every angle.

Recycling Scheme

Show-me offers a free send back recycling scheme.

Each set contains a double-sided A4 Whiteboard, Marker, Mini Foam Eraser and contains complementary cleaning products.

Two designs in one board. 20mm spaced lines, with 20mm grid on reverse.

One Bulk Box with 3 board designs; 30 each of Lined and Gridded boards, plus 40 plain boards.

rock as a Solid

Our magnetic framed whiteboards are designed to brave the elements of schools.

Ideal for all years of school, including early years.

School Friendly Drywipe Surface Magnetic Versatile Robust Construction

Glossy surface wipes clean time a er time.

Double-sided whiteboard can be used with magnets.

20mm gridlines on one side, plain on the reverse.

Designed to stay strong no ma er how they are used.

Uppercase

Le ers

Lowercase Le ers Numbers and Symbols

11 each of A-Z in four colours 11 each of a-z in four colours11 each of 0-9 and 11 each of six maths symbols in four colours

A4 Economy Whiteboards

Whiteboard kit

Why not double up toA3?

Plain A3 Whiteboards

A classroom favourite for over 20 years, now twice the size for even bigger learning opportunities. Perfect for group work, collaboration, and wholeclass engagement in any subject.

⟤ More space, more impact – Ideal for teamwork, brainstorming, and problem-solving.

⟤ Real-time assessment –Quickly gauge understanding and adapt teaching.

⟤ StayClean Technology –Anti-microbial, easywipe surface with a 2-year guarantee.

⟤ Fully recyclable & PVC-free –Sustainable and safe for students.

Rigid & Flexible Whiteboards

480 065Double Sided Plain (30pk) 585 469Double Sided Plain (5pk)

585 462Double Sided Plain (10pk)

A4 DOUBLE SIDED PLAIN A5 DOUBLE SIDED PLAIN A4 3 LINES - PLAIN ON REVERSE Product CodeProduct

916 6283 Lines / Plain (5pk) Product

A4 GRID 100 SQUARES - PLAIN ON REVERSE

585 190Gridded / Plain (5pk)

075Letter Formation / Plain (5pk) A4 LETTER FORMATION - PLAIN ON REVERSE

916 010Cursive Formation / Plain (5pk) A4 CURSIVE FORMATION - PLAIN ON REVERSE

A4 ALPHABET WITH GUIDELINES PLAIN ON REVERSE

916 011Alphabet / Plain (5pk)

A4 NUMBERS 0-9 - PLAIN ON REVERSE

031Numbers / Plain (5pk)

585 0746 Lines / Plain (5pk) A4 6 LINES - PLAIN ON REVERSE

916 382Lines 4 Squares / Plain (5pk) A4 LINES 4 SQUARES - PLAIN ON REVERSE

916 444Alphabet / Plain (30pk) A4 ALPHABET LETTER TRACINGPLAIN ON REVERSE

Plain Rigid Whiteboards

• Rigid MDF construction, can be used away from the desk

• 3mm thickness

• Plain on both sides

• A5

• Pack of 10

• A4

Pack of 5585 469 £9.31 pack Pack of 30 480 065 £42.53 pack

Plain Flexible Whiteboards Set

• Set for 10 students

• 10 x A4 plain dry wipe boards

• 10 x dry wipe pens

• 10 x mini erasers

• 1 x 500ml cleaning spray

480 086 £32.28 set

Plain Whiteboards

• High-quality A4 plain drywipe boards

• Double-sided, both sides plain

• Made from polypropylene (PP) in the UK - fully recyclable

• 2-year surface guarantee

• Anti-microbial surface to help prevent classroom germs

• Classroom tray with boards, ﬂash cards, black medium tip pens, erasers and a teacher’s resource booklet

• Pack of 30

480 012

pack

Plain Flexible Whiteboards

• Flexible and durable plastic whiteboard

• Plain on reverse

• A4 size

• 650 micron

• Pack of 10 916 629 £8.75 pack

• Pack of 30 480 062 £17.99 pack

• Pack of 100 916 632 £59.99 pack

Supertough Plain Whiteboards

• Made from polypropylene (PP) in the U.K - fully recyclable

• 85% thicker than standard Show-me boards, and ideal for taking learning out of the classroom

• Double-sided, both sides plain

• Ideal for increasing engagement and interaction with students of all ages

• Whiteboards, with pens and erasers plus 2 free cleaners

• Classpack of 35 sets 480 016 £85.62 set

SEN Tinted Rigid Drywipe Boards

• These slim boards are unframed and only 5mm thick

• The range of colours allow the classroom environment to be fully inclusive to all pupils and ability levels

• These boards are designed to help reading throughout the classroom to those pupils who may beneﬁt from a coloured drywipe surface, but also bring a change of colour to a historically plain white surface

• All boards are light, rigid, extremely hard-wearing and double-sided

• Plain both sides

• Pack of 5

Blue / Cream 480 032

£10.99 pack

Yellow / Cream 480 033 £10.99 pack

Green / Cream 480 034 £10.99 pack

Pink / Cream 480 035 £10.99 pack

Range of colours 480 036 £10.99 pack

O white / cream on both sides 480 037 £10.99 pack

Lined Flexible Whiteboards

• Designed for individual pupil use

• Tear-resistant, drywipe surface

• Lined one side, plain on reverse

• A4

Lined Whiteboards

• High-quality A4 lined drywipe boards

• Double-sided, one side lined with a plain reverse

• Made from polypropylene (PP) in the UK - fully recyclable

• 2-year surface guarantee

• Anti-microbial surface to help prevent classroom germs

• Pack of 30

• Classroom tray with boards, ﬂash cards, black medium tip pens, erasers and a teacher’s resource booklet

480 013 £77.84 pack

• Pack of 35

• 35x A4 lined/plain whiteboards, with pens and erasers plus 2 free cleaners

480 015

• Pack of 35 Supertough

£70.25 pack

• 85% thicker than standard Show-me boards

• 35 sets with pens and erasers plus 2 free cleaners

480 017 £95.21 pack

• Pack of 100

480 024

• The coloured background helps the pupils with their reading as the words are easier to

• Flexible board

• Plain / plain

• Pack of 5

Lined Whiteboards

• Write-on / wipe-o

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• For use with drywipe pens (pens not included)

• Rigid ﬁbreboard construction

• A4 size

• Pack of 5

• 6 handwriting guidelines 585 074 £9.40 pack

• 3 lined rigid whiteboards

• A4 lined/plain whiteboards, with 100 x (1 board marker and eraser plus 2 free cleaners and guide)

£161.45 pack

SEN Tinted Rigid Drywipe Boards

• 5mm thick rigid boards

• The range of colours allow the classroom environment to be fully inclusive to all pupils and ability levels

• 3 lines on one side and plain on reverse

• A4

Pack of 5

SEN Tinted Flexible Drywipe Boards

• The coloured background helps the pupils with their reading as the words are easier to read

• Flexible board

• 3 lines / plain

• A4

• Pack of 5

Blue / blue480 096 £9.78 pack

Yellow / yellow480 097 £9.78 pack

A4 Lapboard

• Multi coloured plastic frame whiteboards

• Ideal for taking learning out of the classroom

• Double-sided: gridded on one side with a plain reverse

• A4

Non-magnetic 480 076 £5.38 each

Magnetic 480 077 £5.38 each

Rigid A4 Whiteboards

• Rigid MDF construction, can be used away from the desk

• 3mm thickness

• Gridded one side, plain on reverse

• A4 size

• Pack of 30

480 067 £55.93 pack

Flexible Gridded Whiteboards

• Designed for individual pupil use

• Tear-resistant, drywipe surface

• Gridded on one side, plain on reverse

• A4 size

• Pack of 10

480 070

£10.33 pack

• One side gridded, one side plain

• A4 size

• 650 micron

• Pack of 30

480 064 £17.98 pack

Rigid Maths Whiteboard

• Write-on / wipe-o whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• 100 square grid

• For use with drywipe pens

• Rigid ﬁbreboard construction

Supertough Gridded Whiteboards

•High-quality A4 gridded Supertough drywipe boards, 85% thicker than standard Show-me boards

•Double-sided: pre-printed with light blue gridded pattern on one side, with a plain reverse

•Includes 35 whiteboards, with pens and erasers plus 2 free cleaners

•Perfect for carpet time, outdoor work or ﬁeld trips

•Fully recyclable

•Pack of 35 480 003

Magnetic Whiteboards

£85.62pack

•High-quality gridded magnetic drywipe boards

•Ideal for taking learning out of the classroom

•Double-sided: gridded on one side with a plain reverse

•Magnetic with a steel writing surface that will not leave ghosting

•Accessories not included

• A4

•Pack of 10 916 021

•A3

•Pack of 5 916 022

£57.29pack

£38.64pack

Number Formation Whiteboards

•Write-on/wipe-o whiteboard

•Double-sided, reverse is plain

•Features 0-9 number formation guide indicating starting point and direction

•A4

•Rigid ﬁbreboard construction

•Pack of 5

Handwriting Whiteboard

•Write-on/wipe-o whiteboard

•Double-sided, reverse is plain

•Features NLS approved alphabet and four sets of handwriting guidelines

•A4

•Rigid ﬁbreboard construction

•Pack of 5

916 011

£9.37pack

•Blank on the reverse for freehand

•Ideal for learning letter formation including starting point and direction in ﬁrst set

•Space for the pupil’s name, allowing teachers to monitor progress by taking photos to record

•A4

•Pack of 30

916 444

£19.61pack

Cursive Letter Formation Whiteboard

•Write-on/wipe-o whiteboard

•Double-sided, reverse is plain

•Lowercase a-z letter formation guides indicating entry and exit strokes and direction

•A4

•Rigid ﬁbreboard construction

•Pack of 5 916 010

£9.37pack

Rigid Literacy Whiteboards

•Write-on/wipe-o whiteboard

•Double-sided, reverse is plain

•Features phoneme frame and writing guidelines in accordance with NLS recommendations

•A4

•Rigid ﬁbreboard construction

•Pack of 5 916 382

£12.65pack

Music A4 Whiteboard Classpack

•High-quality A4 plain drywipe boards

•5 line music stave whiteboards with a plain reverse

•Made from Polypropylene (PP) in the U.K - fully recyclable

•Classroom tray with boards, ﬂash cards, black medium tip pens, erasers and a teacher’s resource booklet

•Pack of 30

480 010

£80.73pack

Letter Formation Whiteboards

•Write-on/wipe-o whiteboard

•Double-sided, reverse is plain

•NLS letter formation guides

•For use with drywipe pens (pens not included)

•Rigid ﬁbreboard construction

•A4

•Pack of 5

585 075

£9.89pack

A4 Clock Face Whiteboards

•High-quality A4 clock face drywipe boards

•Double-sided: pre-printed clock face and digital readout block on one side with a plain reverse

•Ideal for all telling-the-time activities

•Made from PP so fully recyclable: in your usual recycling bin

•Pack of 10

480 101

£18.64pack

Legamaster Magic Chart

• 100% recyclable

• Electrostatic sheet (sticks to almost any surface (wood, concrete, glass, wallpaper)

• No adhesive required, repositionable

• Can be written on with drywipe and permanent markers; when using drywipe, you can wipe and re-use each sheet up to 10 times!

• Sheet size 600 x 800mm

• 25 perforated sheets

• Gridded

Legamaster Magic Chart

• 100% recyclable

• Electrostatic sheet (sticks to almost any surface (wood, concrete, glass, wallpaper)

• No adhesive required, repositionable

• Can be written on with drywipe and permanent markers; when using drywipe, you can wipe and re-use each sheet up to 10 times!

• Sheet size 600 x 800mm

• 25 perforated sheets

• Whiteboard

Helix Mini Whiteboard Pens

•Small marker for children’s hands

•Designed for classroom use

•Low odour ink

•Medium point bullet tip

Edding Mini 366 Whiteboard Pens

•The whiteboard marker ink is lightfast and quick-drying

•Handy whiteboard marker for writing and marking on whiteboards, virtually all non-porous surfaces such as enamel and melamine

•The round nib has a stroke width of 1mm

•Pack of 100

• Black 781 498

• Assorted colours

£42.43pack

•60 black, 20 blue, 10 each of red and green

781 499

£41.34pack

Marker’Peps Whiteboard Pencil

•Lead formulation perfectly suited to use on whiteboards

•Dry erasable, on standard whiteboards

•Does not dry out, lasts much longer than a marker

•Sustainable wood, FSC-certiﬁed

•Ergonomic jumbo format with a triangular body

• Pack of 12

Black 781 743

Blue 781 742

•Pack of 4

Assorted colours781 644

£7.81pack

£7.69pack

£2.92pack

Show-Me Basics Mini Whiteboard Pen

•Show-me mini whiteboard pens, small in size, big on quality

•Made with safe, low-odour ink free from xylene and toluene

•2mm line width

•24hr cap o time for prolonged use

•Black

Pack of 30781 642

Pack of 100781 643

£7.41pack

£19.32pack

STABILO MARKdry Whiteboard Markers

•STABILO MARKdry marker pencil for use on whiteboards, chalkboards and ﬂipcharts

•A unique and truly sustainable product, made from 100% sustainably sourced wood, odourless and solvent free

•Lasts up to six times longer than a liquid whiteboard marker

•MARKdry easily erases with a damp or dry cloth on non-porous

•There’s no cap to lose, it won’t dry out like standard ﬂuid markers, keep it sharp with our special STABILO sharpener included

• Black

•Pack of 30

781 500

•Assorted colours

•Black, blue, green and red

•Includes a cleaning cloth

•Pack of 4

781 501

£67.72pack

£9.54pack

BIC Kids Multisurface Whiteboard Markers

•Unleash creativity with BIC Kids Multisurface colouring pencils that colour on many surfaces like whiteboards

•These pencils have a comfortable triangular barrel for easy handling and more control so the artistic fun lasts and lasts

•The colourful lead erases from non-porous surfaces with a damp or dry cloth

•This pack comes with 1 sharpener to maintain sharp tips so kids can create their vision uninterrupted and keep creativity ﬂowing

•Assorted colours

Pack of 10781 741

Pack of 40781 740

£12.84pack

£40.70pack

Lumocolor ®

Made from 100% recycled materials* and fully recyclable, the Show-me Chunky Eco Marker feels good in every sense. Built for great lessons and brighter, greener futures.

Recycling Scheme 3-Day Cap-Off Safety Air-Flow Cap

781 590 Chunky Marker50 Black 781 796 Chunky Marker4 Assorted

Remarkable

Seeing is achieving

Other markers dry up when the lids are le off and end up ge ing thrown away. Our whiteboard markers recover, by replacing the lid for 24 hours which brings the pen back to life. Ready for the next lesson.

Medium Tip 12 Black

Medium Tip 100 Black

Medium Tip 200 Black

780 362 Medium Tip 200 Tray Black

759 121 Medium Tip 800 Black

756 288 Medium Tip 10 Assorted

958 670 Medium Tip 50 Assorted

Available in assorted packs of 10 colours:

756 419 Fine Tip12 Black

756 425 Fine Tip100 Black

759 123 Fine Tip200 Black

780 363 Fine Tip200 Tray Black

924 463Fine Tip10 Assorted

756 405 Fine Tip50 Assorted

Essentials Drywipe Bullet Tip Marker

• Large capacity barrel

• Alcohol based dry wipe ink

• Bullet tip gives 2mm line

• Fast-drying, easy-erase ink erases with dry cloth

• Pack of 48

• Black 780 948

• Assorted colours

780 949

Edding 360 Whiteboard Markers

£17.65 pack

• Black, blue, green, red, orange and purple

£17.65 pack

• Made from 51% recycled materials (excluding ink)

• The dry erase ink is virtually odourless and wipes o in a ﬂash, even after several days, perfect for long writing tasks

• Bullet tip

• Pack of 48

• Black 781 296

• Assorted colours

• Lightfast, quick drying, low odour pigment ink

• Drywipe on most non-porous surfaces

• Cap-o ink prevents drying out when cap is left o for a short period of time

• Bullet tip 1.5-3mm

• Reﬁllable

• Pack of 10

Blue 515 281

Red 515 282

Green 756 417

• Black Pack of 10 515 280

Berol

£6.18 pack

Pack of 50 756 418 £19.83 pack

Pack of 100 781 599

• Assorted colours

• Black, blue, red and green

£40.16 pack

Pack of 10 515 283 £6.18 pack

Pack of 4 756 408 £2.48 pack

• Assorted colours

• Black, blue, red, green, orange, brown and purple

• Pack of 50 756 229 £19.83 pack

Drywipe Marker Bullet Tip

• Low odour ink, xylene and toluene free

• Bullet tip white board marker for bold and even lines

• Colour-coded caps for easy identiﬁcation

• 2mm bullet tip

• Black • Pack of 48 781 025 £23.75 pack

• Assorted colours

• Black, blue, red and green

• Pack of 4 982 492 £5.34 pack

• Assorted colours

• Black, blue, red, purple, lime, orange, pink and brown

Pack of 8 928 444 £8.31 pack

Pack of 48 976 845 £23.75 pack Pack of 96 781 390 £48.90 pack

Show-Me Recycled Eco Drywipe Whiteboard Marker

• These larger barrel markers are ideal for teacher use in the classroom, and for o ce use in a variety of settings

• All plastic components are made from 100% recycled plastic, and are recyclable

• 72-hour cap-o time to prevent them from drying out

• They’re safety optimised with a ventilated cap, and low odour, xylene-free ink

• Extra-hard bullet tip for smooth, easy-toread writing, and a chunky barrel which makes them easy to hold

• Black

• Pack of 50

£31.32 pack

• Black, blue, green, and red 781 297 £31.32 pack

781 590

• Assorted colours

• Pack of 4

781 796

£19.48 pack

£3.05 pack

Lumocolor 351 Whiteboard Markers

• Housing made of 97% recycled plastic

• Fast-drying, low odour, can be dry-wiped from whiteboards and surfaces like glass and porcelain without leaving a trace

• DRY SAFE - can be left uncapped for days without drying up

• Reﬁllable

• Line width approx. 2.0 mm

• Pack of 48

BIC Velleda 1701 Chunky Barrel Whiteboard Pens

Edding 28 Eco Line Whiteboard Markers

•Whiteboard marker for writing and marking on whiteboards and also suitable for ﬂipcharts

•At least 90% of the total plastic used in the marker is made from recycled material (83% post-consumer)

•The round nib has a stroke width of 1.5-3 mm

•Reﬁllable

•Assorted colours

•Black, blue, red and green

•Pack of 4 781 052

•Black

•Pack of 40 781 406

£6.97pack

£35.88pack

Pentel Maxiﬂow Bullet Tip Whiteboard Markers

•Made from 50% recycled material

•Long cap-o time, ‘rechargeable’ if left uncapped and unused

•Xylene and toluene-free liquid ink

•Bullet tip

•1.1mm line width

•1 each of blue, green, red and black, housed in a whiteboard eraser

•Pack of 4 515 248

£16.18pack

Zebra Double Ended Drywipe Marker Set

•Double ended whiteboard marker

•Packaging 100% recyclable

•Long cap o time, contains a magnetic eraser

•Bullet tip

•Assorted colours

•Black/blue, black/red, black/green

Pack of 4781 430

Pack of 50781 588

V-Board Master Bullet Tip

•The Pilot V-Board Master nib doesn’t dry out, even after several hours without a cap, and o ers guaranteed use until the last drop

•Non-toxic liquid ink (xylene-free)

•6.0mm bullet tip nib

•Reﬁllable

•Pack of 10

Black 781 793

Blue 781 795

Red 781 794

£13.99pack

Green 781 868 £13.99pack

Orange781 869

Assorted colours781 485

•Assorted colours

•Stored in a recycled Gratnells tray

£13.99pack

£19.62pack

•6 pens of each black, blue, red, green and orange

•Reﬁll cartridges 10 x black, 3 x blue, 3 x red, 2 x green and 2 x orange

•Pack of 50 515 406

£67.38pack

£6.16pack

£32.72pack

V-Board Markers and Reﬁlls

•Eco-friendly dry-erase whiteboard marker made from 93% recycled plastic

•6.0 mm medium tip resists wear over time and provides incomparable precision and ﬂuidity of writing

•Reﬁllable

•Contains 10 V Board markers and 10 reﬁll cartridges

•Pack 20

Black 781 483

Blue 781 484

£20.17pack

£19.66pack

Essentials Chisel Tip Drywipe Markers

• Large capacity barrel

• Ink erasable with a dry cloth

• Chisel tip

• Pack of 48

• Black 781 300 £17.58 pack

• Assorted colours

• 20 black, 10 blue, 6 each of red and green and 3 each of orange and violet 781 301 £17.58 pack

Edding 363 Whiteboard Markers

• Lightfast, quick drying, low odour pigment ink

• Drywipe on most non-porous surfaces

• Cap-o ink prevents drying out when cap is left o for a short period of time

• Chisel tip gives 1 - 5mm line width

• Reﬁllable

• Black Pack of 10 756 409 £7.34 pack

Pack of 50 756 593 £27.75 pack

• Assorted colours

• Black, blue, red, green, orange, purple and brown

Pack of 8756 406 £6.49 pack

Pack of 50 756 231 £27.75 pack

• Assorted colours

• 30 black, 10 blue, 5 red and 5 green

• Pack of 50 756 143 £27.75 pack

Berol Drywipe Marker Chisel Tip

• As well as whiteboards, they can also be used on other non-porous smooth surfaces such as glass

• Low odour ink which is free from xylene and toluene

• Slimline design for easy grip and free ﬂowing lines

• Writes boldly and erases cleanly

• 2-5mm chisel tip

• Black

• Pack of 48

781 024

• Assorted colours

£23.75 pack

• Black, blue, red, purple, lime, orange, pink and brown

Pack of 8 781 026 £8.31 pack

Pack of 48 995 091 £23.75 pack

Pentel Maxiﬂow Chisel Tip Whiteboard Markers

• Made from 50% recycled material

• Long cap-o time, ‘rechargeable’ if left uncapped and unused

• Xylene and toluene-free liquid ink

• Chisel tip gives 1.5 - 6.2mm line width

• 1 each of black, blue, red and green

• Pack of 4 756 407 £10.98 pack

Whiteboard markers

Essentials Drywipe Marker

•Large capacity barrel

•Pack of 48

BULLET TIP

Black 780 948 pack

£17.65

•Assorted Colours , 20 black, 10 blue, 6 each of red and green and 3 each of orange and violet 780 949 pack

£17.65

CHISEL TIP

Black 781 300

£17.58

• Assorted Colours, 20 black, 10 blue, 6 each of red and green and 3 each of orange and violet 781 301 pack Fast-drying, easy-erase ink erases with dry cloth pack

£17.58

BLACK

BLUE

RED

GREEN ORANGE

VIOLET

Edding Whiteboard Marker Reﬁlls

•Edding BTK 25 reﬁll ink whiteboard marker with capillary system, for quick reﬁlling of almost all edding whiteboard markers E360 / E361 / E363

•Caps can be left o for a few days without this ink drying out

•25ml bottle with a no mess capillary reﬁll system, simply stand the marker tip downwards into the reﬁll bottle for an hour, ideally over night

•Reﬁlls approx 15 pens

•25ml bottle

Black781 494

Blue781 495

Red 781 496

Green781 497

£5.99each

V-Board Master Reﬁlls

•V Board reﬁll cartridges

•Pack of 12

Black 781 486

£15.72pack

£15.48pack

£15.09pack

Edding Writing Instrument Return Box

•edding return box for free of charge, return and recycling of any brand writing instrument

•These collected writing instruments of any brand are repurposed into our ECO line range, reducing waste and saving 1.4t of CO2 per ton of returned material, making a positive impact even after shipping

•Just scan the QR code on the box for details on how to return the full box to edding FOC 781 598

£0.00each

STABILO® MARKdry

Introducing STABILO® MARKdry marker pencil for use on whiteboards, chalkboards, show me boards, glass and ﬂipcharts.

Keep it sharp with our special STABILO sharpener, which is included within the pack of 4 Assorted Colours and the Classpack. The Assorted pack of 4 also includes a microﬁbre cloth.

Made with 100% PEFC-ceriﬁed wood (PEFC/04-31-1728) Doesn’t dry out or stain. Lasts up to 5x longer than a liquid whiteboard marker.

£9.54

£67.72

Whiteboard

Chalkboard

Glass

Flipcharts

Keeping your whiteboards superclean

To keep your Show-me Boards in pristine condition, just follow this simple 3-step process:

1 Clean

Erase

After each use, ask your pupils to wipe away all the ink using a Show-me Cleaning Cloth or Eraser.

Regularly spray with our Whiteboard Cleaner. Wipe away any stains and repeat as required.

Renovate

& Condition

occasionally use our Magix Whiteboard Cleaner and repeat as required.

Essentials Whiteboard Eraser

• Can be used either dry or with whiteboard cleaner

• Magnetic whiteboard eraser

• Size: 127 x 50mm

780 272

• Size: 62 x 25mm

£1.18 each

• Pack of 30

780 273

£14.65 pack

Mini Foam Erasers

• Designed for small hands and busy classrooms

• Lightweight and soft

• E ective at removing drywipe ink with ease

• H 23 x W 50 x L 75mm

Pack of 35 756 911

£10.18 pack

Pack of 100 781 557 £27.37 pack

Magnetic Whiteboard Erasers

• Soft, contoured grip, foam handle

• Flat felt surface will dry brush clean

• 110 x 55 x 20mm

• Assorted colours

Pack of 4 756 421 £6.88 pack Pack of 24 780 375 £38.49 pack

Mini Wooden Felt Erasers

• Traditional wooden handled eraser

• Soft washable felt surface

• Can be used on whiteboards or chalkboards

• H 31 x W 35 x L 51mm

• Pack of 30 756 912

Legamaster Drywipe Board Eraser

• Can be used with whiteboard cleaner for erasing stubborn marks

• Fitted with magnetic fastener to adhere to board surface

• Plastic grey base and white felt head

• H 45 x W 7 x L 160mm

515 138

£11.34 each

• Erasing paper reﬁlls for drywipe eraser

• 100% viscose and biodegradable

• Suitable for TZ4, code 515 138 and 781 055

• Dimensions: W 162 x L 220mm

• Pack of 100

515 147

£12.54 pack

Legamaster Drywipe Board Assistant

• Magnetic board accessory holder

• The perfect solution for storing accessories such as cleaners, micro ﬁbre cloths, erasers, markers and magnets directly on the whiteboard

• Suitable for all magnetic boards

• Contains: holder and drywipe eraser 781 055

£19.36 each

£15.68 pack

Board Magnets

• Magnets in assorted colour plastic casings

• Can be used on magnetic boards or as planning markers

• Pack of 10

Show Me Whiteboard Cleaning Starter Kit

•Show-me whiteboard cleaner removes drywipe ink from whiteboards, and with regular use will help your whiteboard stay clean and last longer

•Reﬁllable to reduce single-use plastic

•Simple to use, with directions printed on bottle label

•Starter kit contains: 1 x empty 500ml bottle, 1 x trigger spray, 1 x sachet

•Reﬁll sachets available separately on code 781 381

781 380

•Reﬁll Pack

£5.86pack

•For use with Show-me reﬁllable whiteboard cleaner starter pack (code 781 380)

•Simply pop in your existing bottle and add water to dissolve

•Pack of 6

781 381

£13.38pack

Show-me Magix Whiteboard Cleaner & Conditioner

•The world’s most e ective whiteboard cleaner

•Unique Stayclean conditioning ingredient helps keep your whiteboards cleaner for longer

•All drywipe ink will clean o with ease - no ghosting, no smudging, no ink residue left behind

•Also removes permanent marker, ball pen ink and other gra ti

•Environmentally friendly trigger spray

•250ml

Show-Me Whiteboard Cleaning System

•Contains everything you need to get sparkling whiteboards

•13 di erent products in one box to trial

•Whiteboard cleaner is reﬁllable for less plastic waste

•1 x Show-me mini foam erasers, 1 x Show-me large wooden eraser, 1 x Show-me reﬁllable whiteboard cleaner 500ml, 1 x fyburs plantbased cleaning cloth, 1 x Show-me Magix cleaner and conditioner 100ml

Whiteboard Cleaner and Label Remover

•White board cleaner and label remover

•Rejuvinates whiteboards

•Spray onto cloth to remove writing & grease

•750ml

781 758

£4.54each

756 389

£16.17each

Whiteboard Cleaning Wipes

•Moist whiteboard cleaning wipes

•Practical dispenser tub

•Pack of 100

781 017

£5.16pack

Durable Whiteboard Cleaner Fluid

•For cleaning and renovating whiteboards

•Removes grease, dirt and ghosting stains

•Alcohol free

•Suitable for interactive whiteboards

•250ml spray bottle

255 000

Legamaster Magic Wipes

•The magic wipes remove tough marks and stains from whiteboards, such as ghosting, stubborn marks, shadowing, grease and dirt from dry-wipe surfaces

•With just a drop of water or whiteboard cleaner, extend the life and appearance of your board

•Micro ﬁbre

•Washable at 60º

•Includes 1 drying towel and 2 magic wipes

781 054

£13.27pack

£2.60each

Show-me Whiteboard Cleaning Cloth

•Show-me plant based whiteboard and drywipe cleaning cloth

•O ers an eco-friendly way to e ortlessly remove ink from drywipe boards

•Made from plastic-free materials, these cloths are durable, lightweight, and safe for classrooms

•Soft but virtually indestructible

•Small size 150 x 170mm

•Pack of 40

781 709

£6.10pack

Plain Flexible Whiteboards

• Flexible and durable plastic whiteboard

• Plain on reverse

• A4 size

• 650 micron

Pack of 10 916 629 £8.75 pack

Pack of 30 480 062 £17.99 pack

Pack of 100 916 632 £59.99 pack

Plain Rigid Whiteboards

• Rigid MDF construction, can be used away from the desk

• 3mm thickness

• Plain on both sides

• A4

Pack of 5 585 469 £9.31 pack

Lined Flexible Whiteboards

• Designed for individual pupil use

• Tear-resistant, drywipe surface

• Lined one side, plain on reverse

• A4

Pack of 10 916 630 £8.75 pack

Pack of 30 480 063 £17.99 pack

Pack of 30 480 065 £42.53 pack

Lined Rigid Whiteboards

• Write-on / wipe-o whiteboard

• Double-sided, reverse is plain

• For use with drywipe pens (pens not included)

• Rigid ﬁbreboard construction

• A4

• 6 lines

Pack of 5 585 074 £9.40 pack

• 3 Lines

Gridded Flexible Whiteboards

• Designed for individual pupil use

• Tear-resistant, drywipe surface

• Gridded on one side, plain on reverse

• 650 micron

• A4

Pack of 10 480 070 £10.33 pack

Pack of 30 480 064 £17.98 pack

Pack of 5 916 628 £10.15 pack

Pack of 30 480 066 £48.02 pack

Gridded Rigid Whiteboards

• Rigid MDF construction, can be used away from the desk

• 3mm thickness

• Gridded on one side with a plain reverse

• A4

• Pack of 30 480 067 £55.93 pack

Seeing is achieving

shine Whereideas bright time a er time

Show-me StayClean Whiteboards wipe clearer and stay cleaner for longer. Ink li s easily, surfaces stay hygienically clean, and every lesson begins with a clean slate ready for bright ideas.